Board of Directors Thursday 04 January 2018
08:30am Board Development 11:45am Part One Formal Board Meeting
Training Room 1 & 2, The Harbour, Windmill Rise, off Preston New Road,
Blackpool, FY4 4FE (Sat Nav postcode FY4 4XQ)
Board of
Directors
Quality Committee
Finance & Performance Committee
Nomination / Remuneration
Committee
Audit Committee
Board of Directors
Meeting Board of Directors Meeting
Location Training Room 1&2, The Harbour, Windmill Rise, off Preston New Road,
Blackpool, FY4 4FE
Date Thursday 04 January 2018
Time 8.30am Board Development
11:45am Formal Public Board meeting
Reference Item Lead Action Enc. FOIA
BOARD DEVELOPMENT
TB 001/18 Digitally enabled care Chief Finance Officer
BREAK – 11.35 AM
PART ONE (PUBLIC MEETING) 11:45 AM
TB 002/18 Welcome and opening comments Chair Verbal
TB 003/18 Apologies for absence and confirmation of quoracy
Chair Verbal
TB 004/18 Declarations of Interest Chair Verbal
TB 005/18 Minutes of the previous meetings Chair Decision Paper
TB 006/18 Action Tracker Chair Decision Paper
SCRUTINY & ASSURANCE
TB 007/18 Trust Chair’s Report Chair Noting Paper
TB 008/18 Chief Executive’s Report Chief Executive Discussion Paper
TB 009/18 Quality Report Director of Nursing Noting Paper
TB 010/18 Performance Report Chief Operating Officer Noting Paper
TB 011/18 Finance Report Chief Finance Officer Noting Paper
PART TWO (PRIVATE MEETING)
STRATEGY
TB 012/18 Minutes of the last meeting Chair Decision Paper
TB 013/18 Chief Executive Report Chief Executive Noting Verbal
TB 014/18 CAMHS Transformation Preparation
Chief Operating Officer Decision Paper
TB 015/18 Quarterly Strategy Plan Update Chief Finance Officer Noting Paper
TB 016/18 Waiting Times for Children and Young People’s Services
Chief Operating Officer Discussion Paper
TB 017/18 Any Other Business Chair Verbal
TB 018/18 Date & Time of the Next Meeting
01 February 2018, 8.30am
Chair Verbal
Declaration of Interest – Board of Directors
Date of Declaration
Surname First Name
Job Title Nature of Interest
Do you envisage a conflict of interest between outside employment and
your NHS employment?
Nil Declaration
21/02/2017 Eva David Trust Chair Employed by Union Learn as National Manager
Yes TUC funds learning in relation to apprenticeship and Trade Union representation.
06/02/2017 Tierney-Moore
Heather Chief Executive
1. Director of Lancashire Sport Partnership 2. Trustee of Community Integrated Care 3. Macmillan Allumni Patron 4. Retained Consultant Glenview 5. Patron Breakthrough Mental Health Charity
Yes Potential risk of CIC bidding to provide services in Lancashire that are also of interest to LCFT
06/09/2017 Furlong Gwynne Non-Executive Director &
SID
1. 1. Non-Executive Director of Together Housing Group
2. 2. CEO of Regain Sports Charity 3. 3. Trustee of Chorley Youth Zone 4. 4. Non-Executive Director of subsidiary of
Progress Housing Group called Concert Living Limited
No
13/02/2017 Ballard Peter Deputy Chair & Non-
Executive Director Chief Executive DSE Service No
29/03/2017 Dickinson Louise Non-Executive Director
1. Director at Talegar Limited 2. Consultancy Services at Talegar Limited 3. Foundation Governor and Finance Chair at
St.Vincents Primary School
No
03/02/2017 Wilson Isla Non-Executive Director
1. NED - Progress Housing Group 2. Shareholder – FSquared Ltd 3. Shareholder - Ruby Star Associates Ltd 4. Consultancy/Advisory Work – Ruby Star
Associates
No
1 of 255
Declaration of Interest – Board of Directors
5. Non Exec Director for Healthier Lancashire & South Cumbria STP
03/02/2017 Curtis David Non-Executive Director 1. Director at Clinical and Corporate Governance
Limited 2. Clinical Associate at MIAA (Advisory Section)
No
07/02/2017 Gregory Bill Chief Finance Officer
1. Trustee of Healthcare Financial Management Association
2. Governor of Stockport College 3. Co-opted member of Lancaster University
Financial and General Purpose Committee. 4. Director of Red Rose Corporate Services
No
02/10/2017 Possener Julia Non-Executive Director (Start date 01.02.2017)
1. Lay member of the Lancaster University Management School and Faculty of Arts and Social Science Ethics Committee. Although the Trust and LU have a working relationship and collaborate such matters do not fall usually within these Faculties.
2. My partner's sister is the owner of a domiciliary care business which does have contracts with The Trust. I am including this for the sake of completeness. Bluebird Lancaster and South Lakeland Ltd. I have no formal nor informal involvement in that business.
No No business with the Trust or other NHS organisation or organisations providing services to NHS No unrelated faculties or formal or informal business.
13/02/2017 Roach Dee Executive Director of
Nursing & Quality
06/02/2017 Marshall Max Medical Director
06/02/2017 Moore Sue Chief Operating Officer
07/02/2017 Gallagher Damian Director of HR
2 of 255
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Minutes of the Part One Board of Directors Meeting held on 07 December 2017 Boardroom, Sceptre Point
PRESENT: David Eva, Trust Chair (Chair)
Heather Tierney Moore, Chief Executive Gwynne Furlong, Deputy Chair Max Marshall, Medical Director Bill Gregory, Chief Finance Officer Sue Moore, Chief Operating Officer Dee Roach, Director of Nursing Damian Gallagher, Director of HR Louise Dickinson, Non-Executive Director Isla Wilson, Non-Executive Director Julia Possener, Non-Executive Director David Curtis, Non-Executive Director Jo Alker, Company Secretary
IN ATTENDANCE: Bev Howard, Head of Communications Viv Prentice, Deputy Company Secretary (minutes)
OBSERVERS: Lisa Knight, Insight Development Programme
Emma Allen, Staff Governor TB 179/17 WELCOME & OPENING COMMENTS
The Chair welcomed everyone to the meeting.
TB 180/17 APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE & CONFIRMATION OF QUORACY There were no apologies for absence and confirmation of quoracy was provided.
TB 181/17 DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST There were no declarations of interest. However, Non-Executive Director, Isla Wilson confirmed that an updated declaration of interest had been submitted following her recent position as Non-Executive Director of Healthier Lancashire and South Cumbria STP.
TB 182/17 MINUTES OF THE PREVIOUS MEETING
The minutes of the previous meeting held on 02 November 2017 were approved as a true and accurate record subject to noting the request from Non-Executive Director, Louise Dickinson for additional data in respect of access and waiting times in children’s services. This had been omitted from the minutes and the subsequent the action tracker. A paper will therefore be produced to support a conversation around access and waiting times for children’s services.
TB 183/17 ACTION TRACKER
The Board reviewed the action tracker and noted the updates that would be presented as part of today’s agenda.
TB 184/17 FINANCE REPORT The Chief Finance Officer presented the Finance Report for month 7 which highlighted a year to date operating deficit of -£2.3m, excluding planned Sustainability and Transformation funding of £0.9m, against a planned surplus to date of £0.6m. The Board noted the improvement on last month’s position which was as a result of commissioners agreeing to a 50% risk share for the cost of out of area placements. There had also been improvements in CIP delivery.
UNCONFIRMED
3 of 255
A discussion had taken place with the External Auditors around VAT recovery and this had been accounted for in the recovery plan. The Chief Finance Officer confirmed that the key risks continued to be CIPs and ward staffing. In addition, additional pace was required in respect of the model for mental health. Following a query from a Non-Executive Director around land disposals, the Chief Finance Officer confirmed that both Ribbleton and Ridge Lea disposals were progressing and was therefore hopeful that these would be finalised before year end. The Financial Recovery Group in December would consider month 8 figures. The Board noted the month 7 finance position.
TB 185/17 PERFORMANCE REPORT The Chief Operating Officer presented the Performance Report for month 7 and confirmed that the Trust was compliant with all NHS Improvement indicators with the exception of performance against the Early Intervention in Psychosis (EIS) two week target. The methodologies for a two week wait had been adopted, and whilst the Trust would not achieve the target for quarter three there had been significant improvements in November that would be included in the month 8 report. Key highlights from the report were outlined which included the extensive waiting times in the Children and Young People’s Network and the work that was being undertaken to address this. The Chief Operating Officer confirmed that a further update would be provided to Board in January. ACTION
The Chief Operating Officer drew attention to the revised Single Oversight Framework from NHSI which contained changes to operational performance metrics, in particular the introduction of a new measure on inappropriate out of area placements. It was highlighted that the Trust was not an outlier compared to other Trusts in the North West. Following a query from a Non-Executive Director in respect of the number of OAPs forecast for December, the Chief Operating Officer outlined the work that was taking place to reduce the number of OAPs. This included the implementation of an integrated discharge team to address the 180 day length of stay and the use of both the community support and mental health decision units. In addition, the Trust was awaiting confirmation in respect of allocation of winter monies.
The Chief Operating Officer responded to a question in relation to IAPT waiting times confirming that whilst there was an action plan in place to address this a further update would be provided within the January performance report. ACTION However, in terms of what the Trust is measured against, the Chief Operating Officer confirmed that the Trust had met the contractual targets set but had not met the internal cumulative targets. Non-Executive Director, David Curtis took the opportunity to formally thank the Chief Operating Officer for the work that had been undertaken in improving care co-ordinator attendance at CPA reviews.
4 of 255
The Board noted the content of the Performance Report.
TB 186/17 TRUST CHAIR’S REPORT The Chair presented his report which included an overview of the activity of both Non-Executive Directors and Governors. The Chair drew attention to the departure of Deputy Chair, Peter Ballard, whose term of office had concluded on the 30 November 2017. In line with NHSI requirements, the Chair proposed that Non-Executive Director, Gwynne Furlong be appointed as the new Deputy Chair with effect from 01 December 2017. In addition, the Chair proposed that Non-Executive Director, Isla Wilson be appointed as the new Senior Independent Director with effect from 01 December 2017, a role previously held by Gwynne Furlong.
The Board noted the content of the Chair’s Report and agreed to recommend to the Council of Governors the following appointments:
The appointment of Gwynne Furlong as the Deputy Chair with effect from01 December 2017.
The appointment of Isla Wilson as Senior Independent Director witheffect from 01 December 2017.
TB 187/17 QUALITY COMMITTEE CHAIR’S REPORT The Chair of the Quality Committee introduced the Chair’s Report and highlighted the key areas of discussion and focus for the Committee. This included the assurance received in respect of the Raising Concerns systems and processes and the introduction of the Raising Concerns Advocates. In addition, the Committee had noted good progress being made with both the Quality Account and Quality Improvement initiatives. The Committee had also noted the forthcoming changes to sections 135 and 136 of the Mental Health Act and whilst this may potentially create some challenge for the Trust, overall there had been improvements in respect of the implementation of the Mental Health Act.
A discussion ensued in relation to the number of staff raising concerns that wished to remain anonymous. Non-Executive Director, Isla Wilson explained that in the absence of benchmarking data, the number of anonymous concerns provided an indication of how staff felt about the process.
The Board noted the content of the Quality Committee Chair’s Report.
TB 188/17 CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REPORT The Chief Executive introduced her report, key highlights of which included the forthcoming changes to the Mental Health Act and the recent CQC inspection of the Trust’s 136 suites. The Trust was also in receipt of the draft HMIP/CQC inspection report following the joint inspection of HMP Liverpool. The Director of Nursing confirmed that whilst the reports were aggregated together, it had been agreed that, following direct intervention from the CQC, the reports would be published separately. The CQC report would therefore be available in the public domain within two weeks, whilst the HMIP report would be published on the 16 January 2018.
The Chief Executive confirmed that an Improvement Board had now been established with considerable public health representation. Additional support had also been provided by the prison to work directly with healthcare staff and NHS England had appointed a Project Manager to support the team.
5 of 255
In terms of the recent media request from the BBC in respect of HMP Liverpool, the Chief Executive envisaged that the report would be featured by the end of the week.
The Chief Executive confirmed that the national focus remained on winter pressures, in particular finance and A&E performance, and that additional non-recurrent funding of just over £1million had been allocated to each health economy. The Trust was currently bidding for some of the funding and was confident that this would be supported. Following a question from a Non-Executive Director in respect of allocation of the funding, the Chief Executive confirmed that the majority would be assigned to the hospital to improve patient flow and delayed transfers of care; however, the Trust was hoping to receive some non-recurrent monies.
The Chief Executive drew the Board’s attention to the high value requisition and requested that Board provide authorisation to progress works on the central Perinatal Unit following the Trust successfully winning the tender to provide this service. The scheme is within the financial envelope of £3.5m and the contracted works will commence December 2017 with a completion target date of July 2018. The Board approved the purchase order requisition for £2,122,535.28 including VAT to enable the work package to be completed within the agreed timeframes for the Chorley re-design work.
The Chief Executive requested the Board’s support in signing the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) for the Ribblesdale Community Partnership (RCP) which was formed to involve organisations in looking at ways that services can be locally developed for the Ribblesdale community. The Chief Executive confirmed that Ribblesdale Community Partnership were extremely pleased to have a mental health team engaged with them and reassured the Board that this did not undermine any primary care work. The Board agreed to sign off the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU).
Following a query from Non-Executive Director, Louise Dickinson in respect of the serious incidents reported within the Chief Executive’s report during October, in particular the death of a patient under the care of the Mindsmatter Service in West Lancashire, the Director of Nursing agreed to ascertain the detail. In addition, the Chair agreed to provide further information following a concern raised through Dear David regarding culture and clinical practice at the Harbour. ACTION The Chair described some of the excellent practice he had witnessed on a recent visit to the Harbour, in particular the use of the Nervecentre.
The Chief Executive formally recognised the Trust’s recent significant achievement in being listed in the top 50 inclusive organisations
TB 189/17 QUALITY REPORT The Director of Nursing presented the second report of the new format Quality Report, key highlights of which included the extensive deep dive into levels of physical violence and restraint which would be presented to the next Quality and Safety Sub-Committee.
The Board’s attention was drawn to the high number of overdue incident reviews, particularly within the Mental Health Network, and the targeted work that was taking place to address this. Following concerns voiced by a Non-Executive Director in respect of the actual number of overdue incident reviews, the Director
6 of 255
of Nursing confirmed that all incidents were recorded on Datix and that the seven day review process was an internal policy in line with national guidance and provided additional scrutiny at a senior level.
The Director of Nursing discussed response times for complaints and concerns and noted that weekly reporting had been introduced that had demonstrated improvements. Following a question from a Non-Executive Director in relation to the timeframe for responses, the Director of Nursing confirmed that in accordance with NHS guidance the Trust benchmarked its response rate against the 25 day deadline, whilst taking into account the complexity of the complaint.
The Medical Director presented the mortality review data which was included in the report for the first time in accordance with requirements set out by NHS Improvement. A detailed overview of the mortality review process was provided which highlighted to the Board the complexity of the process.
The four categories for the classification of deaths was outlined which further highlighted the complexity in determining which deaths would require further review. The Medical Director highlighted that there may be some movement between the four categories as the process solidified.
Attention was drawn to the overall rate of suicide incidents which showed a noticeable increase over the rolling 12 months. No emerging risks had been identified for this sudden increase and all suicides were being investigated through the Trust’s SI process and the SI Review Panel. The Medical Director confirmed that a proportion of suicides related to HMP Liverpool and would therefore have an impact on figures.
The Medical Director presented the data in relation to local clinical audits and drew attention to the audits that had seen a lack of improvement following the baseline audit, implementation of an action plan and subsequent re-audit. These were identified as nursing management of clozaril, managing diabetes, carers and rapid tranquilisation. It was noted that these had been difficult to resolve and as a result, meetings had been held within the network and deep dives undertaken. Further detail in respect of these re-audits would be presented to the Quality Committee. In addition, more robust action plans had been formulated, two of which would be monitored via the Medical Director’s Steering Group.
The Medical Director provided further detail on how data had been recorded in relation to the carer’s audit and confirmed that this would be resolved by the action plan previously referred to.
Following an observation from Non-Executive Director, Louise Dickinson in respect of the number of internal audits within the Mental Health Network where compliance was rated as amber, the Medical Director confirmed that whilst there was a substantive challenge within this network the audits were not indicative of this. The Medical Director offered to discuss this in more detail outside of the meeting.
The Medical Director provided an overview of the national clinical audits and confirmed that where the Trust was unable to undertake benchmarking, internal audit standards were applied. The Board noted that upper quartile performance had been achieved by adult wards and PICUs in respect of the POMHUK Audit: High Dose and Combination Antipsychotic Prescribing.
7 of 255
A deep dive had been undertaken following the POMHUK Rapid Tranquillisation Audit and this would be tracked personally by the Medical Director through the National Audit Steering Group.
TB 190/17 ANY OTHER BUSINESS There was no other business to discuss.
TB 191/17 DATE AND TIME OF NEXT MEETING 04 January 2018 @ 08:30a.m. Training Room 1 & 2, The Harbour
8 of 255
Board of Directors
Agenda Item TB 007/18 Date: 04/01/2018
Report Title Trust Chairs Report
FOIA Exemption No Exemption
Prepared by Louise Dole, Corporate Governance Support
Presented by David Eva, Trust Chair
Action required Noting
Supporting Executive Director Chief Executive
PURPOSE OF THE REPORT:
Report purpose The purpose of the report is to provide the Board with an overview of the activity undertaken by the Board and Non-Executive Directors in addition to the Board of Director meetings and Council of Governor meetings.
Strategic Objective(s) this work supports
To become recognised for excellence
Board Assurance Framework risk 1.1 If we do not meet regulatory standards for quality and safety we will not be fit for purpose as a care provider.
CQC domain Well-led
1.0 NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR ACTIVITY
The Non-Executive Directors have been attending the Board Committee meetings of which they are a member (including the Financial Recovery Group) and apologies have been given where they were unable to attend. All NEDs attended the ‘are we assured’ meeting which was held with the Trust Chairman and the Company Secretary. Following this a quarterly meeting was held with the Trust Chairman. The Non-Executive Directors attended the Board of Directors away day which was held on the 19th December 2017. In addition to the usual Board business, Non-Executive Directors (NEDs) have been involved in their areas of special interest during the period of November 2017 – December 2017: Gwynne Furlong
Attended the Land Committee Meeting Attended a preliminary meeting to support the scoring of the CEA application forms. Attended the Clinical Excellence Awards
Louise Dickinson
Attended the NWC Conference - Digital Innovation in Patient Safety Attended the Financial Recovery Group Meeting Attended a meeting to discuss the outcome of the internal audit review. Met with the Corporate Governance Manager
11 of 255
Julia Possener
Attended the Associate Managers Forum Attended the Opportunity Knocks Event Attended the MHA Managers Forum Met with the Chief Operating Officer
David Curtis
Met with the Chief Operating Officer
Isla Wilson
Attended the QIA Star Chamber Attended the Financial Recovery Group
In addition to the above:
Gwynne, Isla, and David Curtis attended the December Council of Governors meeting.
2.0 CHAIRS ACTIVITY
Attended the Board meetings and Council of Governors meeting Had weekly catch up meetings with the Chief Executive, has had monthly meetings with
the Company Secretary and has met with several Board members and Senior Managers and Colleagues
Attended external meetings including the Partnership Leaders meeting Continues to meet with MPs and local authority members Met with a member of the public Attended a meeting with the Senior Independent Director to discuss Housing Association Met with the Senior Matron at the Harbour for a tour of the hospital. Attended the HSJ - Transforming Mental Health Summit with the Chief Executive Met with the Insight Programme Coordinator Met with the Director of Operations, Cheshire & Wirral Partnership NHS Attended the STP Decision Making Workshop Had an introductory meeting with the new Head of Organisational Development, Emma
Dawkins Attended the Partnership Leaders Forum
3.0 COUNTER FRAUD CONTRACT
MIAA were appointed to provide the counter fraud services to the Trust for a three-year contract from 1 April 2015 with the provision for a two-year extension. The Audit Committee considered this extension provision at the meeting on 24 October 2017. The Audit Committee were happy to recommend that the contract be extended for a further two years with effect from 1 April 2018. The appointment of the Local Counter Fraud Specialist is a matter reserved for the Board and in line with the Decision Rights Framework ref 5.5, the Board is asked to approve the extension of the MIAA contract for further two years with effect from 1 April 2018.
4.0 COUNCIL OF GOVERNORS UPDATE
This section has been added to the Chair’s Report in order to keep the Board updated on Council of Governor activity, recognising that since 01 April 2017, Board members have been attending meetings on an invitation basis. Since the last Chair’s Report received on 07 December 2017, the following items have been considered by the Council of Governors:
12 of 255
The Council of Governors agreed the appointment of Isla Wilson as the Senior Independent Director and Gwynne Furlong as the new Deputy Chair.
The new Board committee membership is as below, which came into effect from the 01 of December.
Non-Exec Role
David Eva Trust Chair
Gwynne Furlong Deputy Chair
Isla Wilson Senior Independent Director
Board of Directors Audit Committee Quality Committee
Finance and
Performance
Committee
Charitable
Trustee Funds
Committee
David Eva
Chair
Louise Dickinson
Committee Chair
David Curtis
Committee Chair
Isla Wilson
Committee Chair
Gwynne Furlong
Committee Chair
Gwynne Furlong
Louise Dickinson
David Curtis
Isla Wilson
Julia Possener
David Curtis
Julia Possener
Gwynne Furlong
Isla Wilson
Gwynne Furlong
Louise Dickinson
Julia Possener
2017 TRUST GOVERNOR ELECTIONS
The 2017 Trust governor elections were held using the new constituencies approved at the
Annual Members Meeting held in October.
The following Public Governors have been elected;
Central Lancashire - Christine Cartwright Pennine Lancashire - Paul Graham West Lancashire - Chris Burgess and Kenneth Lowe
In North Lancashire and South Cumbria where there were 3 public governor vacancies, initially
only 1 candidate stood for election (Michael Helm, elected unopposed). The North Lancashire
and South Cumbria election was reopened and 6 candidates have been nominated for the
remaining 2 public governor vacancies. Voting will start on 4 January and close on 19 January.
In total, 17 candidates stood in the 2017 public governor elections for 7 vacancies.
The following Staff Governors have been elected;
Staff Governor Administrative and Clerical – Geraldine Gasson
Nursing professions and support staff - Judy Laing
Other clinical and social care professionals and clinical support staff - Sallyann Walker
13 of 255
In total 12 candidates stood in the 2017 staff governor elections for 3
vacancies.
It is pleasing to report that the Trust will have contested elections in all 7 public and staff constituencies where there were governor vacancies. In total, 29 candidates stood for 10 vacancies
NOMINATED GOVERNOR RESIGNATION
Pamela Beswick, Nominated Governor, has resigned with effect from the 06 December 2017 5.0 USE OF THE COMMON SEAL
To inform the Board that the Common Seal has not been used since the Board of Directors meeting on the 07 December 2017.
6.0 RAISING CONCERNS
As Trust Chair I continue to oversee the Dear David process for staff to raise concerns. This process compliments other mechanisms for staff to raise concerns such as the Raising Concerns Guardian. During November 2017, the following concerns were raised with me through Dear David:
Lack of parking and the impact on staff safety at Bridge House in Blackburn;
Several concerns about the movement of staff to alternate premises in Mindsmatter;
Costs of urgent minor estate works that could be solved through other means, or with less
priority;
Several concerns about the lack of parking and the impact on staff safety at West Strand
in Preston
Fraudulent sickness absence of a staff member;
Regular low staffing (one nurse and one support worker) on Mallowdale Ward at Guild
Lodge;
Availability of doctors at Guild Lodge;
Workload of a staff member in Mindsmatter;
Changes to the background image on computer screen making it difficult to read;
Behaviour of a staff member;
Long waiting times in Lancaster and Morecombe Assessment and Treatment Team.
The Executive Director of Nursing and Quality (as Executive Lead for Raising Concerns) and Associate Director of Safety and Quality Governance (as Raising Concerns Guardian) continue to administer the Dear David process on my behalf and they have ensured that all concerns are being reviewed with feedback provided to those raising concerns directly, where possible, and also included in the Quality Matters electronic bulletin to staff.
7.0 BOARD ACTION The Board is asked to note the updates provided for information.
14 of 255
Board of Directors
Agenda Item TB 008/18 Date: 04/01/2018
Report Title Chief Executive’s Report
FOIA Exemption Part Exemption Business Development Section
Prepared by Heather Tierney-Moore, Chief Executive
Presented by Heather Tierney-Moore, Chief Executive
Action required Discussion/Decision
Supporting Executive Director Chief Executive
PURPOSE OF THE REPORT:
Report purpose The purpose of this report is to provide Board members with an overall summary of the Trust position and highlight areas for further discussion.
Strategic Objective(s) this work supports
To provide high quality services
Board Assurance Framework risk 2.1 – The Trust does not receive assurance of the accuracy, timeliness and consistency of data and reporting with the potential to compromise decision making and service quality
CQC domain Well-led
Introduction This report aims to give Board members an overview of the activity undertaken since the last Board meeting, both within the Trust and externally.
QUALITY AND SAFETY
Serious Incidents
During November 2017, the following serious incidents were reported: (brief information is provided to
protect confidentiality; the term suicide is only used once a Coroner’s Inquest has returned a verdict of suicide)
Death (suspected suicide) of a patient under the care of Community Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services (CAMHS) and Community Learning Disability Services;
Death (suspected suicide) of a patient under the care of the Community Mental Health Team (CMHT) in Morecambe;
Serious self-injury of a patient in a Psychiatric Intensive Care Unit (PICU) at the Harbour (linked and jointly investigated with an incident involving the same patient at the Cove);
Death (suspected natural causes) of a prisoner at HMP Liverpool;
Death (suspected drug overdose) of a patient recently discharged from an Acute Ward the Harbour.
In all cases, a formal investigation is now underway and the incidents have been reported to
commissioners, NHS England and regulators as required under the NHS Serious Incident
Framework.
15 of 255
Significant Health and Safety Incidents
During November 2017, the following incident was reported to the Health and Safety Executive and
Care Quality Commission under the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous occurrences
Regulations (RIDDOR) (brief information is provided to protect confidentiality):
Injury to a staff member during restraint resulting in an absence from work of over seven days.
Raising Concerns
During November 2017, the following concerns were reported through the various mechanisms
including the Raising Concerns Guardian and through Dear David:
Lack of parking and the impact on staff safety at Bridge House in Blackburn;
Several concerns about the movement of staff to alternate premises in Mindsmatter;
Costs of urgent minor estate works that could be solved through other means, or with less
priority;
Several concerns about the lack of parking and the impact on staff safety at West Strand in
Preston
Fraudulent sickness absence of a staff member;
Regular low staffing (one nurse and one support worker) on Mallowdale Ward at Guild Lodge;
Availability of doctors at Guild Lodge;
Workload of a staff member in Mindsmatter;
Changes to the background image on computer screen making it difficult to read;
Behaviour of a staff member;
Long waiting times in Lancaster and Morecombe Assessment and Treatment Team.
In all cases a review of proportionate scale has been commissioned. The findings from each review
are individually fed back to the person raising the concern if they have provided their name. The
findings from every concern is summarised in the Quality Matters bulletin.
Statement of Intent ‘Healthy Eating’
As part of our continued commitment to Health and Wellbeing and to support accreditation of the
Workplace Wellbeing Charter as identified in our Quality Plan our ‘Statement of Intent for Health
Eating’ has been produced and promoted. This statement details the current evidenced based
recommendations and encourages our people to take a balanced approach to their diet. Given the
national concerns regarding obesity together with the high consumption of sugar and fat it is important
that the NHS sets an example. The Trust has endorsed this to ensure support for this work.
Lancashire Learning Disability Team
The Hyndburn and Ribble Valley Lancashire Learning Disability Team co-facilitated an event with
AFTA-Thought on 1st December to deliver training to a number of paid carers and family members
supporting service users in Hyndburn and Ribble Valley and Burnley Pendle and Rossendale. The
training is delivered for carers (paid/unpaid) supporting adults with a learning disability who have
recently been diagnosed with dementia. The training was introduced and co-facilitated by Isobel Lamb
- Consultant Clinical Psychologist. The training was well received and has a huge emotional impact as
well as helping staff to feel more knowledgeable and skilled in supporting adults with a learning
disability.
Mindsmatter
Mindsmatter have presented the Improving Access to Psychological Therapies Long Term Conditions
work from Wave 1 (Pennine) alongside NHS England to the North West Coast Strategic Clinical
16 of 255
Network and the Greater Manchester and Eastern Cheshire Strategic Clinical Network, where the
developments have been well received.
Quality improvement in action: an Always Event QI at Guild - ‘Our Voice Always Matters’
Staff at Guild Lodge recently facilitated a ‘thinking space’ with people who use our services, carers
and advocacy colleagues to understand why there might be limited feedback from people using the
services and low number of complaints. The ‘thinking space’ also included members of the care team,
members of the Hearing Feedback and the Quality Improvement Team to explore this. Feedback said
that people did not feel their voices were being heard and listened to and so as a result the Guild
Lodge Always Event “My Voice Always Matters” saw a co-design team exploring different ideas to
ensure people’s voices were heard and listened to. These ideas included:
Post boxes within the secure environment to enable people to feedback directly to the Hearing
Feedback Team – with posters advertising all the ways to give feedback, including the free
phone number for the central Hearing Feedback team as impartial investigators of complaints
A person centred approach to responding to feedback through the case management model
Personalised response and agreed timescales to all complaints
The Guild Lodge Service Manager and a member of the Hearing Feedback Team are working as part
of the co-design team to case manage feedback received. The result of this approach is that feedback
has increased and complaints from Guild Lodge are
meeting Trust deadlines and NHS regulations for
responding.
At the end of November Claire Marshall, Experience of
Care Professional Lead along with Lorraine Wolfenden,
Leadership Support Manager from the Patient Experience
Team at NHS England, visited Guild Lodge to meet the
Always Event Co-Design team and hear about the journey
so far. Following the visit Claire Marshall shared that she
“was encouraged to see openness and honesty in the
discussion that took place, the ideas that flowed from the
service users, the mutual respect and humour that was
evident from the interactions, and the will from all involved
to describe the difference coproduction had meant to
service users feeling “Our Voice will always matter”. The
co design team acknowledged there was a way to go with
the change ideas and embedding the changes within the
service however they could easily describe the
improvements seen already with the work taking place.
Their enthusiasm and commitment to make it happen was
clearly led from the local level and together they will
achieve that I’m sure. I would love to come back to see the progress in the Always Event in 2018. In
the words of one service user ‘This group is like a blossoming flower’. The key ingredient in the mix is
the ability to work together to find a way forwards to ensure the flower becomes permanently in full
bloom. I look forward to seeing it grow – please thank the co design team for their time”.
17 of 255
The co-design team are looking forward to sharing more about their Always Event journey and the
outcomes for people using services with NHS England in the summer. For more information about
Always Events please click here to visit the NHS England website where the Always Event Toolkit
and Always Event Evaluation Report (Picker, 2016) can be found. Both documents reference the
work of the Trust.
FINANCE AND PERFORMANCE
Finance Report After adjusting for impairments of £0.2m the deficit for month 8 is a -£1.9m which excludes year to date planned Sustainability and Transformation Funding of c£1.1m, against a plan surplus to date of £0.9m. Performance is therefore £2.8m behind the control total and £1.7m behind excluding STF. The position continues to be driven by staffing pressures in ward and prison areas and the lack of performance on delivery against planned cost improvement programmes, particularly ward staffing. In addition, expenditure is exceeding funding on OAPs resulting in current and forecast pressures. Performance does however show an improvement on the Month 7 in month position of £0.5m and an in month surplus over plan of £0.3m. Unmitigated projections indicate a gap of c£4.6m (£6.8m without STF), which again shows an improvement over the month 7 position of c£0.2m. The deficit is driven by excess OAPs of c£1.0m, prisons (see Bank and Agency section of the Finance Report) and additional mental health pressures. Though improvements in performance are evident, continued delivery will require sustained and coordinated responses with robust management and oversight. After taking in to account £1.7m of disposals, which are accounted for after EBITDA, EBITDA is broadly in line with I&E Margin. The new Use of Resources (UoR) metric is rated at 2, an improvement from month 7 (rated at 3), should the Trust meet its financial plans and targets the Trust will achieve a rating of 2. Performance Report & Quality Report The Quality Report can be viewed under TB 009/17 and the separate Performance Report can be viewed under item TB 010/17. Early Intervention Service (EIS) Update Following reporting issues identified in EIS, significant effort has been focussed on improving performance against the 50% 14 day RTT target and ensuring that the Trust offers the most clinically appropriate and timely service to patients with a suspicion of a first episode of psychosis (FEP). As previously reported, the correction of the reporting errors highlighted a number of issues with the patient pathway which is preventing timely treatment within the 14 day window:
Delay in allocation of a care coordinator (this along with meaningful engagement with the care coordinator “stops the clock”) for patients where it is unclear whether there is FEP. These patients undergo an extended assessment and miss the 14 day window as a result.
Delay in referral to EIS following FEP (clock starts when FEP first suspected therefore timely referral imperative) although during this time service users tend to be in contact with other mental health services either as outpatients or inpatients.
Delays resultant from patient-related factors i.e. readiness/fitness to engage To provide assurance that no unnecessary harm has been caused to service users a 10% sample of those 154 people who had waited the longest time was taken. The care records for each of these people were then accessed to determine the assessment and/or treatment that was offered during this period prior to acceptance into EIS. All service users from the sample during this time were either being assessed, actively engaged or in receipt of treatment from: EIS in a period of extended assessment, inpatient teams, the Crisis Resolution and Home Treatment Team, Single Point of Access or Assessment and Treatment Team. Due to the actions from these teams it is considered very unlikely that any unnecessary harm has been caused. It is also worth noting that out of the entire
18 of 255
sample of people coming into the service during 2017-18 the average number of days that the RTT was missed was 20 days. Performance against the RTT is now recovering and is expected to reach the 50% target for Quarter 4 of 2017-18. Daily management of waiting times is in place through SITREPS and senior management oversight of a remedial action plan. For future months reporting, breaches of the target will have a breach reason allocated (and reported via the Performance Report) and will be subject to a root cause analysis. A separate fact finding review is still ongoing undertaken by the Company Secretary and the outcome of this investigation will be reported once completed.
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT
LCIA Test Bed Update Philips UKI has been the lead innovator since the beginning of the Lancashire and Cumbria
Innovation Alliance (LCIA) Test Bed Programme. It has been a very positive working relationship
which has contributed to delivery and testing innovation across two new models of care. In relation to
the spread and adoption of this, Philips UKI made the following statement in December:
“To focus on bringing product innovations to market that Philips UKI anticipates will offer patients
and clinicians increased flexibility and choice, Philips UKI has decided to withdraw the Motiva
telehealth product. This means that it will close its existing UK customer accounts, and will not be
extending its contract with the Lancashire and Cumbria Innovation Alliance within the NHS
England test-bed programme, beyond March 31st 2018. Motiva customers have been informed
and Philips is working closely with these stakeholders to ensure minimal disruption to patient
care. Where necessary Philips is supporting alternative arrangements with third parties to
continue care provision. Philips continues to invest in and deliver innovative population health
solutions focused on improving people’s health and enabling better health outcomes.”
Evaluation of the TestBed is ongoing and Philips UKI will continue to contribute to a proof of concept
for a health population approach to managing long term conditions using digital technology.
Lancashire Care will work with colleagues from NHS England, the Innovation Agency and other
partners to find a new telehealth solution for spread and adoption.
Central Lancashire Local Delivery Partnership
Discussions are progressing in Central Lancashire regarding the accountable care partnership. A
particularly helpful Team to Team took place on 21st December where a proposition to enact work by
April 2018 was explored. A further update will be provided in the Board meeting.
19 of 255
Board of Directors
Agenda Item TB 009/18 Date: 04/01/2018
Report Title Quality Report
FOIA Exemption No Exemption Not Applicable
Prepared by Matthew Joyes
Associate Director of Safety and Quality Governance
Presented by Dee Roach, Executive Director of Nursing and Quality
and
Professor Max Marshall, Medical Director
Action required Decision
Supporting Executive Director Executive Director of Nursing & Quality
PURPOSE OF THE REPORT:
Report purpose To provide the Trust Board with latest version of the Quality Report
Strategic Objective(s) this work supports
To provide high quality services
Board Assurance Framework risk 1.1 If we do not meet regulatory standards for quality and safety we will not be fit for purpose as a care provider
CQC domain Well-led
23 of 255
Quality and Safety Report
January 2018
(data from December 2016 to November 2017)
Prepared by: Presented to the Trust Board by:
Matthew Joyes, Associate Director of Safety and Quality Governance Dee Roach, Executive Director of Nursing and Quality
Max Marshall, Executive Medical Director
24 of 255
Contents
Contents ................................................................................................................... 2
Quality and Safety Tile ............................................................................................. 3
Executive Summary ................................................................................................. 4
Safe .......................................................................................................................... 5
Serious Incidents .................................................................................................. 6
RIDDOR Incidents ................................................................................................ 7
Never Events ........................................................................................................ 8
Serious HCAI Incidents ........................................................................................ 8
Pressure Ulcer Incidents – Potentially Avoidable Grade 3 and Grade 4 ............. 9
Physical Violence to Staff Incidents ..................................................................... 9
Use of Restraint.................................................................................................. 10
Suicide (Reported as a Serious Incident) .......................................................... 10
Staffing Incidents – One or Less Qualified Staff on Duty ................................... 11
Staffing Incidents – Red Flags ........................................................................... 11
Safer Staffing – Wards with over 40% hours worked by bank staff ................... 12
Safer Staffing – Wards with over 10% hours worked by agency staff ............... 12
Mortality Review – Numbers of Deaths and Reviews ........................................ 13
Mortality Review – Classification of Deaths ....................................................... 13
Effective .................................................................................................................. 14
Mental Health Harm Free Care .......................................................................... 15
Physical Health Harm Free Care ....................................................................... 15
Local Clinical Audit ............................................................................................. 16
Local Clinical Re-Audit ....................................................................................... 16
National Clinical Audit ........................................................................................ 17
Clinical Audit Summary Report .......................................................................... 18
Caring ..................................................................................................................... 19
Friends and Family Test – Results ..................................................................... 20
Friends and Family Test – Submissions ............................................................ 20
Compliments ...................................................................................................... 21
CQC Community Mental Health Survey ............................................................. 21
Responsive ............................................................................................................. 22
Complaints ......................................................................................................... 23
Mixed Sex Breaches .......................................................................................... 23
Well Led ................................................................................................................. 24
Care Quality Commission (CQC) Rating) .......................................................... 25
Core Skills .......................................................................................................... 25
Overdue Incident Reviews ................................................................................. 26
Accreditations ..................................................................................................... 26
Concerns Raised ................................................................................................ 27
Quality Plan Dashboard ..................................................................................... 28
Quality Plan Summary Report ............................................................................ 29
Appendix 1 – Extracts from the Quality and Safety Surveillance Report and Mental
Health Law Surveillance Report ............................................................................. 30
25 of 255
Quality and Safety Tile
17521 95.28%
91 8789
37
1
9 1635
3943 306
13 52%
2664
2236
90.42%
95% 42.14%
83% 13
QUALITY AND SAFETY TILE
CARING
Compliments
F&F Test
RIDDOR incidents
Incidents
STEIS-reportable serious incidents
EFFECTIVE
Never Events
Number of red flag incidents
(inpatients only)
Core Skills (%)
SAFE
Physical violence to staff from
patients
Serious HCAI incidents
Use of restraint
Potentially avoidable grade 3 and 4
pressure ulcers
Data provided shows the following 12 month figure (where a number) or the rolling 12 month average (where a percentage).
Physical Health HFC Rate (%) Appraisals (%)
Mental Health HFC Rate (%) Concerns raised
Good
Completed within agreed timeframe
(%)
RESPONSIVE
Complaints
Upheld/partially upheld complaints
WELL LED
Trust CQC rating
26 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 4 of 35
Executive Summary
This is the third Quality and Safety Report for the Trust Board. Prior to review by the Board, the Quality and Safety Sub-committee receives the report for further scrutiny and challenge to Networks and Support Services. In the Safe domain, attention is drawn to the slight increase in serious incidents. This is against the backdrop of a sustained reduction over recent years and likely reflects a plateau of that reduction with new average of eight serious incidents per month. Each serious incident is subject to detailed investigation by the Trust Investigations and Learning Team, with the Serious Incident Learning Panel maintaining its oversight role. The regular thematic review of serious incidents will be received by the Quality Committee in January 2018. The second area of focus in this domain is violence to staff and restraint (which are linked issues). The Quality and Safety Sub-committee is receiving a series of deep dive presentations into violence and restrictive practices across inpatient units utilising an internal benchmarking format. In recognition of the need to take stock of the continuing challenge to deliver improvement, the Associate Director of Safety has commissioned a full review of the total approach to violence reduction and management within the Trust with a view to a refreshed programme being launched in April 2018 (the next quarter being taken to fully review the programme and involve clinical staff fully in the review). In the Effective domain, attention is drawn to the clinical audit report which highlights current progress of the programme. The Mental Health Harm Free Care rate remains below the Trust aspiration and this is linked to violence, restraint and medication incidents. In the Caring domain, attention is drawn to the positive Friends and Family Test results which have been above the target since January 2017. Whilst there has been a reduction in the number of completed responses, this is primarily due to changes in the way data is collected to reduce people being repeatedly asked for a response over short periods of time. In total, 1,169 responses were received in October 2017. In the Responsive domain, attention is drawn to the notable increase in complaints. This position is reflected nationally, and is also considered to be partly attributable to the new hearing feedback model where the Trust has been actively seeking out feedback from people who use services, their families and carers. The CQC Community Mental Health Survey was published in November 2017, and will be scrutinised at the January 2018 meeting of the Quality and Safety Sub-committee alongside the quarter three Hearing Feedback Report. In the Well Led domain, attention is drawn to the areas of under-performance in some Core Skills and Essential Skills subjects. Whilst not on this report, concern also exists around the compliance level for appraisals. Further detail on these areas will be included in the Workforce Report. The number of overdue incident reports is increasing; Networks have been instructed to take action on this through the Quality and Safety Sub-committee.
27 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 5 of 35
Safe
This section of the report looks at the domain of safety – that services are safe, and people are protected from abuse and avoidable harm. The following
indicators are covered in the report:
28 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 6 of 35
Serious Incidents A serious incident is defined as “acts or omissions in care that result in; unexpected or avoidable death, unexpected or avoidable injury resulting in serious harm - including those where the injury required treatment to prevent death or serious harm, abuse, Never Events, incidents that prevent (or threaten to prevent) the ability to continue to deliver healthcare services and incidents that cause widespread public concern resulting in a loss of confidence in healthcare services.” The number of serious incidents fell throughout 2014-2016, however the long term reduction has now plateaued with a minor increase over the rolling 12 month period. During November 2017, the following serious incidents were reported:
Death (suspected suicide) of a patient under the care of Community Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services (CAMHS) and Community Learning Disability Services;
Death (suspected suicide) of a patient under the care of the Community Mental Health Team (CMHT) in Morecombe;
Serious self-injury of a patient in a Psychiatric Intensive Care Unit (PICU) at the Harbour (linked and jointly investigated with an incident involving the same patient at the Cove);
Death (suspected natural causes) of a prisoner at HMP Liverpool;
Death (suspected drug overdose) of a patient recently discharged from an Acute Ward the Harbour.
In all cases, a formal investigation is now underway and the incidents have been reported as required under the NHS Serious Incident Framework.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Serious Incidents - Rolling 12 Months
29 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 7 of 35
RIDDOR Incidents The Trust is required to report certain incidents under the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 2013. These notifications are received by the Care Quality Commission and Health and Safety Executive. A RIDDOR incident is defined as an incident were someone has died or has been injured because of a work-related accident including specified injuries to workers (certain fractures, amputations, loss of sight, crush injury to head or torso, serious burns, loss of consciousness, etc.), injury causing absence of work for more than 7 days, injuries to non-workers requiring transfer to hospital, occupational diseases and certain dangerous occurrences. The number of RIDDOR incidents shows a decrease during the year. The predominance of incidents relate to absence of work of over 7 days and originates from violence to staff. During November 2017, the following RIDDOR incident was reported:
Injury to a staff member during restraint resulting in an absence from work of over seven days.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
RIDDOR Incidents - Rolling 12 Months
30 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 8 of 35
Never Events Never events are serious incidents that are entirely preventable as guidance, or safety recommendations providing strong systemic protective barriers, are available at a national level, and should have been implemented by all healthcare providers. Each never event type has the potential to cause serious patient harm or death. However, serious harm or death is not required to have happened as a result of a specific incident occurrence for that incident to be categorised as a never event. The Trust reported one Never Event in September 2017, which related to an incident in June 2017. This related to an overdose of methotrexate in rheumatology services. The report is due for completion in January 2018 and will be reviewed by the Serious Incident and Learning Panel.
Serious HCAI Incidents A serious HCAI incident is considered to be an avoidable incident of Clostridium Difficile (C.Diff), Meticillin-Resistant Staphylococcus Aureus (MRSA), Methicillin-Susceptible Staphylococcus Aureus (MSSA), Gram-negative bacteria, Carbapenemase-Producing Enterobacteriaceae (CPE), or another infection control incident resulting in a ward closure. The number of HCAI incidents remains low with no exceptions to report. The Infection Prevention and Control Team continue to drive improvements in reporting and compliance with the Essential Steps Hand Hygiene Audit and to drive forward the annual staff flu vaccination campaign.
0
1
2
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Never Events - Rolling 12 Months
0
1
2
3
4
5
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
HCAI Incidents - Rolling 12 Months
31 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 9 of 35
Pressure Ulcer Incidents – Potentially Avoidable Grade 3 and Grade 4 Pressure ulcers are injuries to the skin and underlying tissue, primarily caused by prolonged pressure on the skin. Pressure ulcers can affect any part of the body that's put under pressure. They're most common on bony parts of the body and often develop gradually, but can sometimes form in a few hours. In a grade three pressure ulcer, skin loss occurs throughout the entire thickness of the skin and the underlying tissue is also damaged. The underlying muscles and bone are not damaged. A grade four pressure ulcer is the most severe type of ulcer. The skin is severely damaged and the surrounding tissue begins to die (tissue necrosis). The underlying muscles, or bone, may also be damaged. People with grade four pressure ulcers have a high risk of developing a life-threatening infection The number of pressure ulcer incidents increased over the summer period but has declined over the last two months. There have been no reported incidents in the last month. Pressure ulcer prevention is a priority for 2017/18 in the Quality Plan and work so far has included revising the policy, introducing safety huddles, a safety senate and the safety cross. Localities where these initiatives have been piloted have shown a reduction incidents.
Physical Violence to Staff Incidents Physical violence to staff includes any degree of harm, including near miss incidents, where staff are physical assaulted. Incidents are recorded by staff on the Trust’s quality governance system (Datix). The number of incidents of physical violence to staff increased notably in 2014 and remained increased since, with a further increase during 2017/18 which appears to have levelled during the last few months. Hot spots have been identified in older adult wards and psychiatric intensive care units (PICUs). A deep dive into the data for PICUs was presented to the Quality and Safety Sub-committee in October, with a deep dive into older adults planned for December 2017. Details of the improvement work underway is covered in the Quality Plan Update later in this report.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Potentially Avoidable G3 and G4 Pressure Ulcer Incidents - Rolling 12
Months
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Physical Violence to Staff Incidents -Rolling 12 Months
32 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 10 of 35
Use of Restraint The use of restraint shows a notable increase. This is closely linked to the increase in violence and the work to address violence includes restraint reduction as an outcome measure. The hot spot areas mirror those for violence and aggression mentioned earlier in the report.
Suicide (Reported as a Serious Incident) The overall rate of suicide incidents (deemed to meet the criteria for a serious incident) shows a static position rolling 12 months with April 2017 and October 2017 seeing the highest reported number over that period. An emerging area of potential concern is suicide soon after discharge; the Mental Health Network is undertaking exploration of this with support from the Safety and Quality Governance Department. This will be reported here when complete.
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Use of Restraint - Rolling 12 Months
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Suicide (Reported as a Serious Incident) - Rolling 12 Months
33 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 11 of 35
Staffing Incidents – One or Less Qualified Staff on Duty Instances of one qualified staff on duty are reported and escalated in accordance with the Staffing for Quality and Safety Escalation Procedure. This allows managers to put into place mitigations by moving staff, supporting the area with senior nurses or using bank and agency staff. There has been a notable decrease in reported incidents which is a reflection of the increased scrutiny led by the Executive Director of Nursing and Quality through the Staffing for Quality and Safety Group. Networks continue to produce monthly reports to this group on progress.
Staffing Incidents – Red Flags All staff are encouraged to use the Red Flag facility on the eRostering Safe Care system to alert managers to staffing incidents such as low staffing numbers, missed breaks, etc. The majority of Ref Flag incidents relates to the above issue of one or fewer qualified staff on duty.
0
50
100
150
200
250
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
One or Less Qualified Staff on Duty -Rolling 12 Months
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Red Flags - Rolling 12 Months
34 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 12 of 35
Safer Staffing – Wards with over 40% hours worked by bank staff The teams on the graph reported bank staff usage of greater than 40%. Dunsop, Bronte, Byron, Elmridge and Marshaw Wards all reported over 40% usage in the last report. The majority of these teams also reported higher levels of sickness absence. The Executive Director of Nursing and Quality is continuing the task and finish group to review particular challenges on inpatient wards.
Safer Staffing – Wards with over 10% hours worked by agency staff No teams reported agency usage over 10% (data based on eRostering).
40% 45% 50% 55% 60% 65% 70%
Dunsop Ward
Bronte Ward
Byron Ward
Elmridge Ward
ATT Lancaster & Morecambe
Marshaw Ward
Dutton Ward
Greenside Ward
Caler Ward
Lathom Suite
Scraisbrick Unit
LDSL Sharoe Green Lane
LDSL North Syke Avenue
LDSL Cromwell Road
Wards with over 40% hours worked by bank staff
35 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 13 of 35
Mortality Review – Numbers of Deaths and Reviews The Trust is required to declare how many deaths were deemed as avoidable. Deaths are reviewed through two processes: the serious incident (SI) process and the structured case judgement (SCJ) process. The SI process determines whether a death was predictable and/or preventable. The SCJ process determines whether a death was due to a problem in care. Neither of these terms are legal terms or formal causes of death. Since April 2017, one death reviewed through the serious incident process was deemed predictable and preventable. No structured case judgement reviews have taken place – a cohort of reviewers have been recruited and the process will commence in January 2018. The Trust is engaged in the Learning Disability Mortality Review Programme (LeDeR) and the Child Death Overview Panel process.
Mortality Review – Classification of Deaths The Trust records deaths as incidents, where appropriate and in accordance with the Incident Procedure. A daily review process, supported by a weekly review panel, determines which deaths meet the threshold for a serious incident and (when established) which deaths will be subject to a structured case judgement review. Deaths are recorded against one of four categories: Expected Natural (i.e. terminal illness), Expected Unnatural (i.e. drug misuse), Unexpected Natural (i.e. sudden cardiac condition) and Unexpected Unnatural (i.e. suicide). This framework was developed by Mazars in their investigation into deaths at Southern Health NHS Foundation Trust and helps determine which deaths require further review.
0
20
40
60
80
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Numbers of Deaths and Mortality Reviews - Rolling 12 Months
SCJ Reviews SI Reviews Deaths
0
20
40
Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Classification of Deaths - Rolling 12 Months (data available from July
2017)
Expected Natural Expected Unnatural
Unexpected Natural Unexpected Unnatural
Not Yet Known
36 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 14 of 35
Effective
This section of the report looks at the domain of effectiveness – that care, treatment and support achieves good outcomes, helps people to maintain quality of
life and is based on the best available evidence. The following indicators are covered in the report:
37 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 15 of 35
Mental Health Harm Free Care The Mental Health Harm Free Care rate remains below the aspirational goal of 90%. The overall rate is made up of several individual measures. The area’s most impacting the overall measure includes violence, restraint, medication safety and feeling safe. The individual measures are detailed in the quality surveillance tables later in this report.
Physical Health Harm Free Care The Physical Health Harm Free Care rate has achieved the target in 8 of the last 12 months with an improving picture seen over recent months. The overall rate is made up of several individual measures. The individual measures are detailed in the quality surveillance tables later in this report.
74%
76%
78%
80%
82%
84%
86%
88%
90%
92%
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Mental Health Ham Free Care - Rolling 12 Months
91%
92%
93%
94%
95%
96%
97%
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Physical Health Harm Free Care -Rolling 12 Months
38 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 16 of 35
Local Clinical Audit
Clinical Audits Network Compliance (%) Date
Prevention of Dehydration MHN 54% Q2
Absent Without Leave MHN 55% Q2
Section 132 Rights MHN 90% Q3
Completion of Waterlow risk CWN 85% Q1
Wound assessment documentation CWN 70% Q2
Care of the Dying CWN 79% Q1
Learning Disability CWN 85% Q2
Cerebral Palsy in under 25's (NICE) CYPWN 85% Q1
Risk Assessments CYPWN 83% Q2
Nutrition (NICE) CYPWN 77% Q1
Clozapine CYPWN 80% Q2
Local Clinical Re-Audit
Clinical Audits Network Original
Compliance (%)
Standards Re-audited
Re-audit Compliance
(%)
Nursing Management of Clozaril MHN 63% 3 60%
Rehabilitation Accommodation MHN 66% 4 84%
Consent to treatment MHN 32% 2 94%
Diabetes MHN 57% 5 65%
Acupuncture- Rheumatology & Physiotherapy
CWN 86% 1 97%
Antibiotics in dentistry CWN 88% 1 94%
Use of restrictive practices within LD CWN 77% 2 93%
Carers CYPWN 45% 5 54%
39 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 17 of 35
National Clinical Audit
Audit Start Quarter End Quarter 2016/17 Compliance
2017/18 Compliance
National Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) audit programme Q1 2017/18 Q4 2017/18 90% Ranking not
possible
National Diabetes Foot care Audit - Adults Q1 2017/18 Q4 2017/18 81% Ranking not
possible
Sentinel Stroke National Audit programme (SSNAP) Q1 2017/18 Q4 2017/18 LCFT were above national average in a total of 6 out of 16 indicators
POMHUK High Dose and Combination Antipsychotic Prescribing Q4 2016/17 Q2 2017/18 41/57
POMHUK Rapid Tranquillisation Audit Q4 2016/17 Q2 2017/18 41/58 - 41%
40 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 18 of 35
Clinical Audit Summary Report National Audit of Psychosis The National Audit of Psychosis (NCAP) is one of the largest national audit programmes in Mental Health. It is the second round of the National audit of Schizophrenia which was undertaken in 2011. It has been confirmed that LCFT submitted 100% of all required data, of which only 27% of participating Trusts were able to do so. Following completion of data collection further work is needed to fully understand some of the issues relating to data accuracy. National COPD Audit This is the first time LCFT has taken part in the National COPD audit programme. The audit demonstrates that the 2 sites included in the audit are meeting a number of national standards and are working to a high standard. There are some differences found between the 2 services, this is due to commissioning differences. National Diabetes Foot Care Audit This project audited 5 indicators. LCFT performed above the national average for all 5 indicators. Sentinel Stroke National Audit The above results indicate LCFT are below the national average for 10 indicators included in the national audit. LCFT Community Neurological Rehabilitation Team does not provide a comparable service to an Early Supported Discharge service. The national report makes assumptions in relation to the services available and neurological rehabilitation teams and Early Supported Discharges services have been compared in the national results.
41 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 19 of 35
Caring
This section of the report looks at the domain of caring – that staff involve and treat people with compassion, kindness, dignity and respect. The following
indicators are covered in the report:
42 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 20 of 35
Friends and Family Test – Results A key part of the Trust’s real time feedback process is the Friends and Family Test (FFT). The Friends and Family Test is a tool that supports the fundamental principle that people who use NHS services should have the opportunity to provide feedback on their experience. It asks people if they would recommend the services they have used and offers a range of responses. When combined with supplementary follow-up questions, the FFT provides a mechanism to highlight both good and poor patient experience. The Friends and Family Test overall response rate has been at or above the target of 95% for 10 of the last 12 months with the target achieved and maintained since January 2017. Data is available one month in arrears due to national reporting dates.
Friends and Family Test – Submissions The number of submissions has notably reduced over the 12 months, however has remained broadly consistent during the last 10 months. There are a number of reasons for this including changes to how the data is captured (such as reducing multiple collection points). Data is available one month in arrears due to national reporting dates.
75%
80%
85%
90%
95%
100%
Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct
Friends and Family Test Results -Rolling 12 Months
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct
Friends and Family Test Submissions -Rolling 12 Months
43 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 21 of 35
Compliments The number of compliments has been broadly static during the last 12 months.
CQC Community Mental Health Survey The CQC use national surveys to find out about the experience of service users receiving care and treatment from healthcare organisations and mental healthcare providers. CQC asked people to answer questions about different aspects of their care and treatment. Based on their responses, CQC gave each NHS Trust a score out of 10 for each question (the higher the score the better). Each trust also received a rating of ‘About the same’, ‘Better’ or ‘Worse’. Responses were received from 172 people who use services of the Trust. The Trust was rated as “about the same” for all ten questions and each of their sub-questions.
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Compliments - Rolling 12 Months
1
3
5
7
9
Workers
Organising care
Planning care
Reviewing care
Staff changes
Crisis care
Treatments
Support andwellbeing
Overall views
Overallexperience
CQC Community Mental Health Survey
44 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 22 of 35
Responsive
This section of the report looks at the domain of responsiveness – that services are organised so that they meet people’s needs. The following indicators are
covered in the report:
45 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 23 of 35
Complaints The number of complaints has noticeably increased over the 12 months. This reflects a national picture. The predominant themes (from the latest quarterly hearing feedback report) are in relation to access to treatment or drugs (22%), admission and discharge (17.5%), communication (14%), appointments including delays and cancellations (10%) and clinical treatment (9%). Despite the overall increase, the number of upheld or partially upheld complaints remains consistent although there is a noticeable increase in October which will be closely monitored.
Mixed Sex Breaches There have been zero mixed sex breaches over the rolling 12 month period.
0
50
100
150
200
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Complaints - Rolling 12 Months
Complaints Upheld Complaints
0
1
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Mixed Sex Breaches - Rolling 12 Months
46 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 24 of 35
Well Led
This section of the report looks at the domain of well les – that the leadership, management and governance of the organisation make sure it's providing high-
quality care that's based around individual needs, that it encourages learning and innovation, and that it promotes an open and fair culture. The following
indicators are covered in the report:
47 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 25 of 35
Care Quality Commission (CQC) Rating) The Trust was last inspected in September 2016 and the overall rating was Good. Two core services were rated as Requires Improvement – community inpatient services and community health services. The CQC inspected healthcare services at HMP Liverpool in September 2017 in a process separate from the main Trust inspection and as part of a joint inspection of HM Inspectorate of Prisons who inspected the prison. The final report was published on 15 December 2017. The joint HMIP/CQC report is due for publication in January 2018.
Core Skills The overall Core Skills rate is above the Trust target of 85% however performance remains below target in:
Manual Handling Level 2 (84.87%)
Basic Life Support (79.18%)
Intermediate Life Support (77.06%)
Safeguarding Children Level 3 (84.85%) The following Essential Skills subjects are also below the 85% target:
Prevent (49.17%)
Mental Capacity Act Level 2 (43.02%)
Mental Health Act Level 2 (44.78%)
Violence Reduction (61.26%)
Safeguarding Adults Level 2 (46.33%)
70%
75%
80%
85%
90%
95%
Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Core Skills - Rolling 12 Months
48 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 26 of 35
Overdue Incident Reviews The number of overdue incident reports (particularly 7 Day Reviews for incidents categorised as Level 1, 2 or 3) remains high with no improvement over the last 12 months. Targeted work has taken place within the Networks and has seen improvement in the Community and Wellbeing Network in particular. The Mental Health Network accounts for the vast predominance of overdue incidents. Networks have been instructed to take action to remedy this concern by the Quality and Safety Sub-committee.
Accreditations This section is currently under development.
0
1000
2000
3000
Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Overdue Incident Reports - Rolling 12 Months (data available from Feb
2017)
7 Day Reviews 3 Day Reviews
49 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 27 of 35
Concerns Raised During November 2017, the following concerns were reported through the various mechanisms including the Raising Concerns Guardian and through Dear David:
Lack of parking and the impact on staff safety at Bridge House in Blackburn;
Several concerns about the movement of staff to alternate premises in Mindsmatter;
Costs of urgent minor estate works that could be solved through other means, or with less priority;
Several concerns about the lack of parking and the impact on staff safety at West Strand in Preston
Fraudulent sickness absence of a staff member;
Regular low staffing (one nurse and one support worker) on Mallowdale Ward at Guild Lodge;
Availability of doctors at Guild Lodge;
Workload of a staff member in Mindsmatter;
Changes to the background image on computer screen making it difficult to read;
Behaviour of a staff member;
Long waiting times in Lancaster and Morecombe Assessment and Treatment Team.
In all cases a review of proportionate scale has been commissioned. The findings from each review are individually fed back to the person raising the concern if they have provided their name. The findings from every concern is summarised in the Quality Matters bulletin. The themes from concerns over the year to date are management culture and conduct, demand, staffing and violence. The Mindsmatter service has reported a number of concerns, mainly through Dear David, over the year and support is being provided to the Network to help them identify and address more staff concerns locally.
0
10
20
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov
Concerns Raised - Rolling 12 Months(data available from April 2017)
50 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 28 of 35
Quality Plan Dashboard Key: Off Track On Track Complete Data Not Provided
Priority Lead QI Plan CQC Requirements
Process Measures
Outcome Measures
Balancing Measures
Mental Health Clinical Risk Assessment and Management Helen Lilley Holistic Care Planning Patsy Probert Standards of Record Keeping Patsy Probert Staffing for Quality and Safety Paula Flint Seclusion Anne Allison End of Life Care Michaela Toms Supporting Staff following Adverse Events Caroline Waterworth Reduction in Violence and Aggression Caroline Waterworth Pressure Ulcers Michaela Toms Medication Safety Sonia Ramdour Physical Healthcare in Mental Health In-patient Services Debra Wilson Appraisals Damian Gallagher Core Skills Deborah Cox Supervision Gita Bhutani New Professional Roles Patsy Probert Mental Health Law Matthew Joyes
51 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 29 of 35
Quality Plan Summary Report The following exceptions are provided (using November data):
Reducing violence and aggression – significant work is underway however the outcome of a reduction is not being realised across all services. Detailed deep dive presentations are underway to the sub-committee. 226 incidents of physical violence to staff were reported. Following discussion at the last Quality and Safety Sub-committee, the Positive and Safe Group reviewed the range of initiatives being used in the Trust e.g. Safewards, REsTrain yourself, RAID, relational security and violence reduction training. The Associate Director of Safety and Quality Governance has commissioned a review of the totality of the Trust approach to preventing and managing violence and aggression. A refreshed Trust-wide programme will be developed, drawing on the best practice in these programmes and replace all existing initiatives and training with one single and consistent model. The proposed plan of work is:
o December 2017 – Develop the outline of the programme o January 2017 – Start detailed development work on the programme ‘modules’ o February 2017 – Business case to the Senior Leadership Team o March 2017 – Programme detail presented to Quality and Safety Sub-committee for assurance including programme rollout o April 2017 – Programme goes live
It is proposed that the Violence Reduction Team facilitate the development of the programme detail in partnership with clinical leads. To enable this to happen the Violence Reduction Team will prioritise the development of the programme.
Staffing for Quality and Safety – significant work is underway as reported separately, however challenges remain in many services.
Appraisal – there is no information in Life QI. Overall performance is 42.14%.
Core Skills - there is no information in Life QI. Overall performance is 91.9% however the trust is below target in Manual Handling Level 2 (84.87%), BLS (79.18%), ILS (77.06%), Safeguarding Children Level 3 (84.85%), Prevent (49.17%), MCA Level 2 (43.02%), MHA Level 2 (44.78%), Violence Reduction (61.26%), and Safeguarding Adults Level 2 (46.33%). Performance within individual teams is highly variable.
Supervision – work is underway to develop and implement the long term and interim technical solutions; however, data provided to the CQC shows overall supervision at 71% with some services as low as 41% (Community Mental Health Services for Adults).
Mental Health Law – the programme has delivered its improvement work however compliance remains low; percentage of patients given rights within 24 of admission (31%), percentage of CTO patients with rights in place at the begging of the month (70%).
The Executive Director of Nursing and Quality and Associate Director of Safety and Quality Governance will be holding confirm and challenge meetings with each priority lead in January 2018 to ascertain progress.
52 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 30 of 35
Appendix 1 – Extracts from the Quality and Safety Surveillance Report and Mental Health Law Surveillance Report
The Quality and Safety Surveillance Report is designed to provide the Committees and Subcommittee of the Trust Board with a range of indicators that
provide assurance and/or early warning escalation of risk. Risk indicators are used to draw attention to areas of focus. Green flags indicate a measure that is
on target or where performance is in-line with accepted levels. Yellow flags indicate a measure for close watch (perhaps because of a worsening position) or
where a measure is off target but has no immediate risk. Red flags indicate a measure that presents an immediate and/or high level risk. The Quality and
Safety Tile, in the front of this report, is a headline summary of key indicators.
In addition, a Mental Health Law Surveillance Report is produced alongside Network-level Quality Surveillance Report.
The data tables from the Trust Quality and Safety Surveillance Report (monthly) and Mental Health Law Surveillance Report (quarterly) are included in this
Quality and Safety Report for additional information and context.
53 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 31 of 35
Domain Indicator Target Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov12 months
total
12 months
averageSparkline Risk
Incidents n/a 1867 2094 2345 2358 2168 2090 2329 2270 17521 2190.1
Incidents with harm n/a 404 436 487 547 437 473 535 462 3781 472.6
STEIS-reportable serious incidents n/a 6 7 9 4 9 8 10 4 11 8 10 5 91 7.6
RIDDOR incidents n/a 6 2 0 3 4 5 2 6 1 6 1 1 37 3.1
Never Events 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.1
Medication incidents n/a 127 149 177 150 148 183 186 9 1129 141.1
Infection control Serious HCAI incidents 0 4 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 9 0.8
Use of restraint n/a 252 189 263 308 329 300 400 461 335 346 398 362 3943 328.6
Use of seclusion n/a 85 65 73 68 66 64 65 93 579 72.4
Safeguarding alerts n/a 100 158 138 129 130 95 152 116 1018 127.3
Potentially avoidable grade 3 and 4
pressure ulcersn/a 0 0 2 0 2 0 5 1 2 0 1 0 13 1.1
Number of instances of 1 or less
qualified on duty (inpatients)0 207 192 170 145 139 197 140 132 177 132 84 74 1789 149.1
Number of red flag incidents
(inpatients only)n/a 261 260 268 221 195 270 227 228 258 228 137 111 2664 222.0
Staff safetyPhysical violence to staff from
patients n/a 137 140 129 151 155 150 218 268 220 223 219 226 2236 186.3
Legal Regulation 28 Notices received n/a 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 3 0.3
QUALITY AND SAFETY SURVEILLANCE - Safe
Incidents
Patient safety
Staffing
54 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 32 of 35
Domain Indicator Target Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Sparkline Risk
Pressure ulcers (%) - 3.96% 2.72% 2.91% 5.27% 3.45% 3.45% 4.04% 3.05% 3.12% 2.55% 2.72% 2.57%
Falls with harm (%) - 1.29% 1.28% 1.64% 1.55% 1.55% 0.60% 0.75% 1.21% 0.64% 0.93% 0.53% 0.53%
Catheter and UTI (%) - 0.18% 0.64% 0.27% 0.26% 0.43% 0.45% 0.27% 0.21% 0.07% 0.23% 0.15% 0.08%
VTE (%) - 0.55% 0.08% 0.36% 0.35% 0.35% 0.15% 0.69% 0.43% 0.43% 0.93% 0.38% 0.23%
Physical Health HFC Rate (%) 95% 94% 95% 95% 93% 94% 96% 94% 95% 96% 96% 96% 97%
Self harm (%) - 3.35% 4.04% 3.55% 3.43% 3.56% 3.76% 3.75% 4.37% 4.63% 3.71% 3.59% 4.22%
Victim of violence (%) - 1.89% 1.62% 2.71% 1.07% 2.30% 1.46% 2.50% 1.66% 1.89% 1.75% 3.17% 2.53%
Feel unsafe (%) - 9.22% 6.26% 8.35% 9.01% 9.62% 10.65% 7.08% 7.90% 10.53% 8.08% 11.21% 7.81%
Omission of medication (%) - 18.87% 13.74% 16.08% 17.17% 17.99% 18.37% 23.54% 20.37% 19.79% 20.09% 24.10% 19.62%
Restraint (%) - 6.29% 4.65% 4.80% 3.65% 5.23% 5.43% 7.08% 6.86% 7.16% 5.68% 4.86% 5.91%
Mental Health HFC Rate (%) 90% 83% 86% 84% 85% 83% 83% 84% 81% 80% 84% 80% 83%
QUALITY AND SAFETY SURVEILLANCE - Effective12 months average
3.3%
1.0%
0.3%
83.0%
Physical Health
Harm Free Care
Mental Health
Harm Free Care
0.4%
19.1%
5.6%
95.1%
3.8%
2.0%
8.8%
55 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 33 of 35
Domain Indicator Target Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov12 months
total
12 months
averageSparkline Risk
F&F Test 95% 87% 96% 96% 96% 96% 97% 95% 97% 97% 97% 95% 95.28%
F&F Test - Response Rate n/a 1744 1659 2042 1562 1263 1815 1218 1241 1652 923 1669 1526.2
Compliments Compliments n/a 529 678 1031 788 593 987 697 774 819 537 549 807 8789 732.4
QUALITY AND SAFETY SURVEILLANCE - Caring
Friends & Family -
Patients
The Friends and Family Test real time reporting is locked and nationally reported on the 19th of each month and will therefore be reported in arrears most months
56 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 34 of 35
Domain Indicator Target Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Dec12 months
total
12 months
averageSparkline Risk
Complaints n/a 150 114 111 167 95 108 152 134 173 149 145 137 1635 136.3
Upheld/partially upheld complaints n/a 26 22 21 31 26 23 19 24 22 21 43 28 306 25.5
Completed within agreed timeframe
(%)n/a 54.0% 50.0% 104.0% 52.0%
Reopened complaints n/a 3 3 4 2 4 4 7 5 0 0 3 3 38 3.2
PHSO complaints n/a 0 1 2 3 1 3 1 0 1 0 0 2 14 1.2
MP enquiries n/a 7 13 9 15 7 8 5 9 11 5 12 8 109 9.1
Environment Mixed Sex Breaches 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0
QUALITY AND SAFETY SURVEILLANCE - Responsive
Complaints
57 of 255
Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust Quality and Safety Report
Page 35 of 35
Domain Indicator Target Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov12 months
total
12 months
averageSparkline Risk
Trust CQC rating Good RI Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good
Regulatory inspections/visits n/a 4 5 4 3 4 3 2 1 2 1 4 33 3
CQC notifications n/a
Core Skills (%) 85% 88.24% 89.07% 89.41% 90.68% 90.33% 89.26% 91.06% 91.55% 90.81% 90.87% 91.64% 92.12% - 90.42%
Supervision (%) n/a
Appraisals (%) n/a 42.14% - 42.14%
Overdue 3 day reviews 0 105 80 71 65 77 82 74 59 97 103 813 81.30
Overdue 7 day reviews 0 1652 1305 1176 1267 1295 1695 1349 1573 2192 2397 15901 1590.10
Overdue incident actions 0 94 150 - 122
Duty of candour breaches 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.00%
Overdue safety alerts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.00%
Concerns raised n/a 9 17 26 13
Quality Plan priorities off track 0 0 0 0 0 5 - 1
Quality assurance visits n/a 1 0 0 0 2 1 4 0.67
Assurance
QUALITY AND SAFETY SURVEILLANCE - Well Led
Regulatory
People
Good
Learning and
candour
58 of 255
Board of Directors
Agenda Item TB 010/18 Date: 04/01/2018
Report Title Performance Report
FOIA Exemption No Exemption Choose an item.
Prepared by Louise Corlett, Head of Business Intelligence
Presented by Sue Moore, Chief Operating Officer
Action required Noting
Supporting Executive Director Chief Operating Officer
PURPOSE OF THE REPORT:
Report purpose To appraise the Board of Directors of key elements and themes from the Month 8 QPR
Strategic Objective(s) this work supports
To provide high quality services
Board Assurance Framework risk 2.1 The Trust is unable to reposition in the marketplace to become established as a provider of choice achieving excellence
CQC domain Well-led
PAPER DEVELOPMENT PROCESS:
Meeting Presented Action Date
The Board is asked to note the QPR for month 8 with following comments below:
All NHS I metrics are compliant with the exception of the Early Intervention in Psychosis 2 week target.
The measures within the Board Balanced Scorecard continue to show the challenges faced by the
organisation currently in relation to our financial position and attracting the best people. The Service
Delivery domain of the Board Balanced Scorecard will be developed over future months to contain a
summary of the 5YFV dashboard of performance metrics.
A new 5YFV dashboard is included in the main body of the QPR. This will be developed over future
months and currently shows the new Eating Disorders access standards. The 5YFV states a requirement
to achieve a 1 week wait for urgent referrals and a 4 week wait for routine referrals for 95% of patients
by 2020. The trajectory of improvement has not been confirmed with LCFT, but will be included in the
dashboard once available.
Work has been conducted on the new NHS I measure for Inappropriate Out of Area Placements. A
trajectory has been submitted by the STP and the performance against trajectory will be included in the
QPR from next month. Discussions have taken place with NHS I and NHS E regarding the application of
the definition to ensure appropriate interpretation and reporting.
59 of 255
As there is now a specific Quality Report, this cover sheet no longer references the Quality metrics
available within the QPR.
Are we SAFE?
The current CQC rating is ‘requires improvement’
Our performance in completing appraisals and mandatory training was a contributory factor in the CQC rating
for this domain. Overall the Trust is compliant against our 85% target for Mandatory Training at 92% for month
8. However, for some training courses performance is below 85% (page 134). These hotspots are being closely
monitored to ensure ongoing improvement. Appraisal continues to be a challenge however, the position is
improving and is being kept under close monitoring (page 134).
The use of contingent staffing (and therefore bank and agency spend) continues to be an area of concern.
Weekly task and finish meetings are in place and are focussed on interventions to deliver an improvement on
the position. In addition, a series of meetings have been held with a number of wards where use of contingent
staffing is greatest. These meetings have been chaired by the Executive Director of Nursing to understand the
detail of the issues impacting upon staffing for safety and quality. This exercise has proved valuable and has
provided an informative insight into challenges faced by individual wards. A full report will be submitted to
Finance Recovery Group in due course.
Are we CARING?
The current CQC rating is ‘Good’.
Attendance at CPA reviews by care coordinators in secure services has been an issue over a protracted period of
time. Despite assurances that this will be resolved, disappointingly, performance this month has fallen short of
the internal target of 80%. For inpatient reviews, 72% was achieved (page 33) and for community reviews 45.5%
was achieved (page 37). The Chief Operating Officer will be intervening directly and will be writing to each
individual involved to set out expectations. A failure to improve will be treated as a performance issue.
There has been a gap in reporting of patients on the mental health caseload who have not had a care
coordinator allocated –‘unallocated cases’. This was due to the script for the report from the data warehouse
being deleted in error. The report has been rebuilt and shows that for the Mental Health Network, the number
of unallocated patients has reduced significantly during month 8, whilst the number in the Children and Young
People’s Network has been maintained at a very low level (page 72).
Are we EFFECTIVE?
The current CQC rating is ‘Good’.
The improvement in the readmission rate for both 30 and 90 days, across both adult and older adult services,
has been retained for the fifth consecutive month. The standard of below 8.7% for readmissions within 30 days
was achieved for both adult and older adult patients. For 90 day readmissions, the target number of 28 was not
met for adult patients with 31 patients readmitted in month 8 (page 69&70). Despite this, the current position is
a marked improvement on the first 6 months of the calendar year and continues to reflect the work the Mental
Health Network has undertaken to raise the profile of this measure.
60 of 255
Average Length of stay (ALOS) (on discharge) has risen for the adult patient cohort to 43.9 days, which is above
the 31 day standard and represents an increase of 5 days from last month (page 67). The length of stay on adult
wards includes PICU patients, however, it is noted that PICU length of stay has remained static at 34 days (page
66). It is inevitable that the LOS will be variable as patients are discharged, therefore the QPR now contains a
graph to illustrate the LOS profile of current inpatients (page 67) in order to provide a more rounded picture.
Currently, there are 19 adult and 9 PICU patients. The information provided in the graph on page 67 will be used
to chart the number of patients in the higher LOS bands over time. This will demonstrate the impact of the
current focus on the patients with LOS of greater than 180 days.
Are we RESPONSIVE?
The current CQC rating is ‘Good’.
The Trust continues to meet all NHS I indicators with the exception of the Early Intervention in Psychosis 2 week
RTT standard.
As reported in the Month 6 QPR, an issue has been identified regarding performance in the Early Intervention in
Psychosis service against the 2 week target. Current performance falls significantly below the required 50% and
in month 8 is 23.9%. This is a marked improvement on the position reported in month 7 of 9.5% (Page 48).
Progress on implementing the actions identified in the remedial action plan are on track and continue to be
monitored through a fortnightly task group.
Daily teleconferences with team leads are being maintained to provide operational support to the team leaders.
This has led to a dramatic reduction in the number of ‘legacy’ patients in the system (61 patients in month 7 to
17 in month 8). However, this has impacted upon our reported performance. The daily call is also facilitating
current referrals to be managed in accordance with the 2 week standard, notwithstanding patient choice (which
is expected to be exacerbated over the festive period) and timely referral which both challenge our achievement
of the target.
A further update on progress has been provided to SLT where it was confirmed that December’s performance at
this stage is compliant (57% on the 18th Dec). The improved performance in December will improve the Quarter
3 performance. However, the numbers of patients meeting the target are insufficient to recover the Quarter 3
performance to meet the 50% target.
Responsiveness is also demonstrated through our achievement of the 18 week referral to treatment (RTT)
standard for AHPs and for dental waiting times. In the Community Wellbeing Network, the dental service RTT in
Liverpool prison has maintained 100% following the failure to meet the 95% target in month 6 (page 24). The
Community Well Being Network are compliant against all contractual RTT measures (page 24).
In the Children and Young People’s Wellbeing Network, 3 out of 5 services are compliant in month 8 against the
18 week RTT, which maintains the improvement seen for the last 3 months.
The 2 areas of performance that remain challenged are Child Psychology and CAMHs Tier 3.
Child Psychology: Performance for month 8 has achieved 86% against the 92% target for incomplete pathways
(page 50 and 51).
Whilst this is a deterioration from last month’s position of 89%, it reflects a slight increase in the number of
children on the waiting list who have waited greater than 18 weeks (37 in month 8, compared to 32 in month 7).
61 of 255
However, the total number of patients on the waiting list has reduced (270 from 290 last month) affecting the
overall percentage compliance. At the current waiting list size of 270 patients, the service needs to achieve less
than 21 children waiting over 18 weeks.
It is notable that the Preston Community Child Psychology team have achieved the 92% target this month for
the first time. Therefore, the focus is now on resolving capacity issues in the Preston Hospital and Lancaster
team (who have the majority of long waiters) in order to offer children who have waited greater than 18 weeks
appointments for treatment.
CAMHS Tier 3: Conversely, performance in the CAMHS Tier 3 service continues to perform significantly below
the standard for incomplete pathways. Month 8 performance was 60% compared to 56% in month 7 against the
92% standard (page 52 and 53).
The overall number of children waiting beyond 18 weeks for treatment has fallen from 289 to 228. This
improvement is masked in the percentage described above because the waiting list size has dropped in parallel.
The Chorley and South Ribble team continue to be the main contributor to the under-performance and have
197 children waiting longer than 18 weeks, but again this is an improved position compared to the 264 reported
last month.
A focus on contacting the longest waiters is being maintained to enable validation of the waiting list and
allocation/arrangement of appointments in waiting time order. Gaps in capacity to enable maximum activity are
being progressed through recruitment. Further improvement is expected from month 10.
In Mindsmatter, a number of measures are monitored that indicate our overall responsiveness. The service
continues to perform well against the NHS I indicators for referral to treatment in 6 and 18 RTT weeks and also
the percentage of patients entering recovery (page 24).
Performance against prevalence continues to be challenging at team level. Cumulative prevalence is being
measured against the current target and also the trajectory required to meet the 16.8% by Q4 (with the
exception of Blackburn with Darwen and St Helens). In month 8, St Helens and Greater Preston CCGs failed to
meet the monthly prevalence targets. In depth monitoring is being maintained, as are a number of interventions
to increase prevalence (page 42-45). A result of the focus on prevalence is an increase in the patient caseload
for onward treatment and, in particular, CBT. This, along with a reduction in capacity resulting from vacancies
and sickness, has caused an upward surge in the number of patients waiting longer than 26 weeks for
treatment. In month 8, 59 patients exceeded 26 weeks compared to 14 last month (page 46 and 47). As
discussed at Trust Board last month, this is an increasing trend, the detail of which is provided on page 46.
Patients who have waited over 26 weeks are being individually managed and a plan is being implemented for
each patient. A prospective report is available to support teams to plan for people nearing the 26 week mark
and prevent the increase in this cohort in future months.
The high demand for inpatient beds continues, with occupancy levels exceeding 100%. Consequently, the
number of out of area placements (OAPs) continues to exceed plan and have increased to an average across the
month 8 of 29.93 (page 59). Work on reducing the number of patients who have a length of stay of greater than
180 days continues, as identification of alternative provision would potentially enable the resolution of the OAPs
position. The Network has secured support for the implementation of an integrated discharge team during
December and have established delegated authority to progress placements up to an agreed maximum value in
order to expedite appropriate patient discharge.
62 of 255
Mental health liaison teams (MHLT) are reporting 8 12 hours breaches for month 8. This maintains the
improvement seen in recent months and is the third month that less than 10 breaches have been reported
(page 27 and 28). This demonstrates the impact of the significant operational management oversight on patient
flow and ensuring patients access care in a timely manner. Demand for the teams continues to be challenging
and performance against the 1h and 4h metrics remains below target. However, it is encouraging that the
number of 4 hour breaches have dropped below 100 for the first time since May 17, with 80 in month 8 (page
27 and 28). Ongoing improvement is expected over coming months given the early investment that has been
secured around Core 24.
Are we WELL-LED?
The current CQC rating is ‘Good’.
As reported last month, the staff engagement score for the Q2 position shows a static position with only a
decimal point increase on the Q1 position. A further update will be available after Q3.
Sickness rates for the organisation as a whole are static at 6.8%, and off track in relation to achieving a 4.5%
target (page 133). In month, there are some minor fluctuations at Network level, with a small decrease in the
Mental Health Network and Children and Young People rates, whilst a small increase in Community Wellbeing
Network rate. Work continues on absence management across all areas in accordance with policy.
The Business Development and Delivery Sub-committee meeting received each of the 3 Network Reports for
month 8; the links for which are provided below –
https://www.lancashirecare.nhs.uk/media/Trust%20Board/Trust%20Board%20Documents/Network%20
Reports%20-%20Dec%202017.pdf
The COO, as Chair for the group also received a report on the services that have been under-performing for 6
months or more. The purpose of this was to re-set the expectation that recovery of performance needs to be
expedient and effective within a 6 month window.
Summary and Recommendations
The information in the QPR provides evidence of our performance against key metrics aligned to each CQC
domains. From this, and the exception reporting against each measure, we are able to provide information that
supports the assessment of our position against each domain.
63 of 255
Quality & Performance
Report
Month 8 – November 2017
64 of 255
Performance Management
Quality and Performance Report:-
Section 2:- Performance and Data Quality
Section 2.1:- Performance Activity
• NHS Improvement Indicators Dashboard • 5 Year Forward View Dashboard • NHS Improvement Indicators Kitemarking • Key Exceptions • CCG Level Data • Network Level Summary • Key Network Exceptions
Section 2.2:- Patient Flow • Patient Flow Summary • Key Patient Flow Exceptions
Section 2.3:- Data Quality • Data Quality Summary • Key Data Quality Exceptions
Section 3:- Finance and Contracting
Section 3.1:- Financial Activity
• UoR Risk Rating • Summary I&E Position • Summary of Clinical Services • CIPS • Capital Expenditure
Section 3.2:- Community Contract Activity • Community & Wellbeing – Network Line Totals • Community & Wellbeing – Service Line Totals • Community & Wellbeing – Total Activity Split by CCG • Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG • Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Service Line Totals • Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Exception Reports by
Service • Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Total Activity Split by CCG • Mental Health – Total Activity Split by CCG • Mental Health – Activity Totals
Section 3.3:- Commissioning for Quality & Innovation • CQUIN Executive Summary
2
Section 6:- Risk
• Board Assurance Framework
Section 4:- Quality
• Quality and Safety Tile • Quality Surveillance – Safe • Quality Surveillance – Effective • Quality Surveillance – Caring • Quality Surveillance – Responsive • Quality Surveillance – Well Led • Audits • Delivering the Strategy
Section 5:- Workforce
• Actual Workforce Costs Compared to Budget • Sickness Absence Rates • Appraisals and Mandatory Training Compliance • Vacancy Management and Active Recruitment • Core Workforce Headcount • Workforce Turnover
Section 1:- Board Balanced Score Care
• Trust Strategic Priorities • Board Summary • Quality & Safety • Service Delivery • People & Leadership • Finance
Appendix 1:- Southport & Formby
• NHS Improvement Indicators Dashboard • NHS Improvement Indicators Kitemarking • Southport & Formby Summary • Finance & Contracting • Quality • Workforce
65 of 255
Performance Management
Board Balanced Score Card
Section 1
3
66 of 255
Performance Management
1. Board Balanced Score Card Trust Strategic Priorities
Strategic Priority Strategic Blueprint
Co
mp
as
sio
n
To provide high quality
services
We will ensure that people who use our services are at the heart of everything we do, and the people who deliver and support
delivery of services are motivated, engaged and proud to provide high quality, compassionate, continually improving care. We
will empower people to share their stories so that we know how we are doing and we will listen to learn and to improve quality
together. We will continue to strive to be the best that we can be by upholding our 8 quality commitments and the ‘I’ statements,
empowering everyone to embrace these personal pledges.
Inte
gri
ty
To deliver sustainable services
that meet the needs of local
people
We will collaborate with partners to deliver system wide transformation and we will be an active partner in delivering a bespoke
offer to a number of Accountable Care Systems by
being the prime provider of specialist, acute and community mental health services, and
a lead provider in delivering new models of integrated physical and mental health out of hospital services, and
realising the benefits of our geographical footprint to deliver system wide sustainable infrastructure solutions and
organisational vehicles for new models of care.
Whilst our principal footprint for delivery of services is Lancashire and South Cumbria, we will continue to seek opportunities
across North West STP footprints.
Te
am
wo
rk
To become recognised
for excellence
Our service users and carers will tell us that our services are of high quality. Our people will recommend us to family and
friends. We will be respected by our commissioners and other providers as a co-producing partner in shaping new service
models that deliver our aligned strategies with an emphasis on place based care.
Res
pe
ct
To employ the best
people
We will develop an organisational culture and leadership team equipped to meet its strategic intent and the needs of both its
workforce and the population it serves; in short, a culture of high performing, continually improving and compassionate care.
Staff will be motivated, engaged, high performing and proud of the service they provide. We will proactively support staff to look
after their own health and wellbeing, and to reach their full potential. We will identify and grow our future leaders. People will
want to work here.
Ac
co
un
tab
ilit
y
To provide financially
sustainable services
We will restore and maintain financial balance, and provide services that offer excellent value for money without compromising
financial sustainability. We will work with local partners to deliver system wide efficiency measures. We will actively seek
business opportunities that add value for local people.
Ex
ce
lle
nc
e
To innovate and exploit
technology to transform
care
We will develop and promote digital enabled care, and lead research and innovation to enhance patient experience, reduce
costs and/or improve quality. We will have a culture where staff are given the time, training and resources to research and
innovate. Research will validate innovations and innovations will direct research. Partnerships with third party organisations will
enable rapid execution and exploitation of innovation projects.
4
67 of 255
Performance Management
Research Studies
Sep Oct Nov
60 52 115
Business Gained - Lost
Sep Oct Nov
-£602,688 -£51,600 -£400,000
OAPS
Sep Oct Nov
26.17 24.58 29.93
NHSI Compliance
Sep Oct Nov
92.9% 92.9% 92.9%
Sickness Absence
Sep Oct Nov
6.35% 6.88% 6.84%
Agency Ceiling
Sep Oct Nov
-222,185 -132,475 -64,550
UoR
Sep Oct Nov
3 3 2
Revenue Control Total
Sep Oct Nov
-1.4% -1.2% -0.8%
CIP
Sep Oct Nov
86% 88% 87%
Liquidity
Sep Oct Nov
1 1 1
1. Board Balanced Score Card Summary
Capital Expenditure
Sep Oct Nov
29% 31% 32%
Contract Performance (MH)
Sep Oct Nov
+0.84% -0.84% -0.75%
Contract Performance (Comm)
Sep Oct Nov
-0.4% -0.6% 2.1%
Engagement Score
Q4 16-17 Q1 17-18 Q2 17-18
3.77 3.73 3.74
National COPD Audit
Programme
Report due Feb
2018
Use of depot/LA
antipsychotics for relapse
prevention – baseline audit
Report due date TBC
Prescribing for bipolar
disorder (use of sodium
valproate) re-audit
Report due Feb 2018
Quality Plan
17/18 objectives 16
On track Off track
10 6
Service Delivery Quality & Safety
People & Leadership Finance
5
Prescribing of high dose
antipsychotics
Acute wards & PICU rank 14/57
Secure Services 20/46
68 of 255
Performance Management
1. Board Balanced Score Card Quality & Safety
Quality Plan
The following prioritised areas are off track: staffing for quality and safety, violence reduction, appraisals, core skills, supervision
and mental health law. In most cases, this is due to the outcomes/improvements not being achieved within the intended
timescale. Exception reporting for each priority is included in the Quality and Safety Report to the Trust Board.
Target: 16 objectives
On track 10 Off track 6
Research Studies
Data is subject to a 6-8 week lag as it is uploaded by research teams to a national system retrospectively. Recent recruitment
to the SSHEW clinical trial has an additional 5 weeks until randomisation, leading to significant lag in recruits appearing in
national figures. Local data shows that activity is currently forecast to exceed this year’s annual target. Target: 100 participants monthly
115
6
National Audit –
National COPD Audit
Programme
The aim of the project is to audit the activity of the 2 LCFT PR programmes against BTS Quality standards for Pulmonary Rehabilitation in Adults
and compare results with the initial audit which took place in 2015.
The report is due February 2018. Target: Upper quartile nationally
National Audit –
Prescribing for bipolar disorder
(use of sodium valproate) re-
audit
The aim of this topic is to identify any improvement in practice around prescribing in bipolar since the initial audit carried out by POMH-UK.
The report will be published Feb 2018.
Target: Upper quartile nationally
National Audit –
Use of depot/LA antipsychotics
for relapse prevention –
baseline audit LCFT have been notified of a delay in the report being published. POMH-UK have not provided a new release date.
Target: Upper quartile nationally
National Audit –
Prescribing of High dose
antipsychotics
A total of 3 standards were included in the audit. The results demonstrated the trust was in the upper quartile for 2 standards.
These standards assessed that the dose of an antipsychotic was within SPC/BNF limits and that only one antipsychotic should
be prescribed at a time. Upper quartile performance was not achieved for standard 3, this was a newly introduced audit
standard. However, overall across all 3 standards acute wards and PICUs were in the upper quartile nationally. Secure Services
were not in the upper quartile, this was a smaller sample than for acute wards and PICUs and an improvement plan has been
developed.
Target: Upper quartile nationally
Achieved
69 of 255
Performance Management
1. Board Balanced Score Card Service Delivery
Business Gained – Business
Lost
Target: 1.5% over next 12 months
(year-end)
Out of Area Placements
(OAPS) The average number of OAPs increased in November by 5.35 alongside an increase in the OAP OBD in November with a position of 898, an
increase of 136 from October. The overall number of OAPs again remains relatively static against an assumed fall in the trajectory. It is anticipated
that the operationalization of the Integrated Discharge Team in December will begin to reduce the number of 180+ day length of stay patients,
ensuring that they access a more appropriate care environment.
Target: 15 contracted beds
29.93
Contract Activity - Community
Target achieved. Target: 100% (+/-10%)
2.1%
Contract Activity – Mental
Health
Target achieved. Target: 100% (+/-10%)
-0.75%
NHSI Compliance
All NHSI measures are compliant for M8 except for EIP (MR13) which has been under a period of revalidation and investigation. Work within the
Network is currently ongoing and it is anticipated that performance will improve for quarter 4. Target: 100% in each quarter
92.9%
7
70 of 255
Performance Management
Agency Ceiling
Agency usage in the Prison Service has remained relatively steady
(month-on-month). Community has seen a small increase due to an
increased number of vacancies. Inpatient wards have seen a reduction
in Agency usage as the effects of recruitment to substantive vacancies
and the efforts of the Staffing for Safety & Quality Task Group and
Carter/NHSI activity have begun to be applied.
Target: 641,250
Not achieved
1. Board Balanced Score Card People & Leadership
Sep Oct Nov
YTD Target 641,250 641,250 641,250
YTD Actuals 863,435 773,725 705,800
Under/(Over)
Agency
Usage
-222,185 -132,475 -64,550
Engagement Score Q2 2017/18 period results :
• Recommend LCFT as a place to receive treatment (Workforce Advocacy): Yes – 71.41%, No – 10.31%, Don’t Know – 18.28%
• Recommend LCFT as a good place to work: (Workforce Involvement and Motivation): Yes – 51.75%, No – 27.35%, Don’t Know – 20.89%
Improvement Initiatives:
A Wellbeing dimension has been added to the Quarterly Staff FFT questionnaire. This supplements the 3 existing dimensions of Advocacy,
Motivation and Involvement. The first Staff FFT report to include this new dimension will be available in January 2018.
Target: Top 25% of other Trusts
Not achieved
Sickness Absence
The sickness absence rate for November has decreased, reporting at 6.84%. Please refer to the relevant M8 QPR detailed slides for information
about Improvement plans and initiatives. Target: 4.5%
6.84
8
71 of 255
Performance Management
1. Board Balanced Score Card Finance
Use of Resources (UoR)
The improved I&E position now yields a rating of 3 and a Capital Service rating of 3 improving the overall UoR to a 2 ( 3 at Month 7). Assuming
current pressures and risks are addressed through the recovery plan and I&E performance achieves (or exceeds) forecast the Trust will achieve
a UoR of 2 in line with the plan. Target: 2
2
Capital Expenditure
Progress against the capital programme has been slow to date with expenditure at £2.1m against the original profile of £6.6m.
With the resolution of a number of issues the Trust is working with contractors to minimise the impact of delays on the
programme though the initial work indicates some slippage on the Inpatient and Perinatal schemes is now inevitable. Target: 85-100%
32%
Revenue Control Total The Trust has developed a recovery plan to enable it to achieve its the Control Total. Improvements in performance are evident, but continued
delivery will only be achieved with a considerable coordinated and sustained effort across the organisation and though the Trust is currently
forecasting achievement of the control total for 2017/18 a number of risks and pressures remain that if not addressed may compromise the
position.
Target: ≥0%
-0.8%
Cost Improvement
Programmes (CIPs) At £8.5m in month 8 the Trust is c£1.3m behind the plan of £9.8m. The adverse variance is attributable to a lack of performance on Run Rate
Reduction Programmes on staffing pressures. The Trust continues to invest significant time and effort in managing and developing compensating
CIPs and network management are being supported to implement measures aimed at improving the position. Target: ≥100%
87%
Liquidity
Forecasts indicate that with the delivery of the planned surplus the Trust will achieve a liquidity of 1. Target: 2
1
9
*Under the Single Oversight Framework, the Trust is now managed against the Use of Resource Metrics (UoR). Under the Single Oversight Framework, a score of 1 is now the
best rating and 4 the worst. A rating of 4 on any metric or an average rating of 3 triggers a concern and a potential support need.
72 of 255
Performance Management
2. Performance and Data Quality
10
Section 2:- Performance and Data Quality
Section 2.1:- Performance Activity
• NHS Improvement Indicators Dashboard
• 5 Year Forward View Dashboard
• NHS Improvement Indicators Kitemarking
• Key Exceptions
• CCG Level Data
• Network Level Summary
• Key Network Exceptions
Section 2.2:- Patient Flow
• Patient Flow Summary
• Key Patient Flow Exceptions
Section 2.3:- Data Quality
• Data Quality Summary
• Key Data Quality Exceptions
73 of 255
Performance Management
Performance Activity
Section 2.1
11
74 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity NHS Improvement Indicators Dashboard
12
.
Indicator Target Dec-16 Jan-17 Feb-17 Mar-17 Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 Q1 17-18 Q2 17-18 YTDRolling 12
Month Sparkline
MR01 - 7 Day Follow Up 95.00% 98.2% 98.8% 96.1% 97.6% 98.6% 96.8% 95.9% 94.1% 96.8% 99.5% 98.0% 96.9% 97.1% 96.7% 97.03%
MR02 - CPA Review within 12 Months 95.00% 97.8% 96.9% 97.1% 97.5% 97.0% 97.1% 96.1% 95.9% 97.0% 96.4% 96.5% 96.5% 96.7% 96.4% 96.55%
MR03 - Mental Health Delayed Transfers of Care ≤ 7.5% 4.19% 3.81% 2.84% 2.59% 3.01% 3.21% 3.36% 2.80% 2.52% 2.77% 2.65% 2.18% 3.19% 2.70% 2.81%
MR05 - RTT - Consultant Led (Completed Pathway) 95.00% 96.3% 96.7% 97.6% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.00%
MR06 - RTT - Consultant Led (Incomplete Pathway) 92.00% 95.4% 97.3% 100.0% 99.2% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 99.7% 99.3% 100.0% 100.0% 99.85%
MR07 - IP Access to Crisis Res. Home Treatment 95.00% 100.0% 98.6% 99.4% 97.7% 100.0% 100.0% 99.5% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 99.8% 100.0% 99.93%
MR08 - MH Data Completeness - Identifiers 97.00% 99.6% 99.6% 99.6% 99.6% 99.6% 99.6% 99.7% 99.4% 99.4% 99.4% 99.4% 99.4% 99.6% 99.4% 99.50%
MR09 - MH Data Completeness - Outcomes 50.00% 83.8% 83.4% 83.2% 83.4% 83.7% 82.2% 81.8% 81.8% 81.7% 80.8% 81.2% 82.5% 82.5% 81.4% 81.92%
MR13 - 2 Week wait for Treatment for EIP Programme 50.00% 76.7% 82.0% 81.4% 74.4% 11.1% 7.1% 0.0% 9.5% 11.8% 15.6% 9.5% 23.9% 6.0% 12.6% 12.24%
MR14 - RTT - IAPT 6 Weeks 75.00% 96.5% 95.1% 95.7% 93.4% 96.4% 94.7% 95.1% 94.5% 94.4% 94.5% 94.6% 94.8% 95.4% 94.4% 94.84%
MR15 - RTT - IAPT 18 Weeks 95.00% 99.8% 99.4% 99.8% 98.8% 99.4% 99.2% 99.7% 99.3% 99.4% 99.5% 99.7% 99.8% 99.5% 99.4% 99.50%
75 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity 5 Year Forward View Dashboard
13
.
Note: Remaining measures are in development.
Indicator Target Q2 16-17 Q3 16-17 Q4 16-17 Q1 17-18 Q2 17-18 YTD
Rolling
12 Month
Sparkline
Eating Disorders (Urgent) TBC 16.7% 23.5% 10.0% 41.7% 57.1% 49.40%
Eating Disorders (Routine) TBC 46.9% 58.3% 47.1% 57.1% 89.7% 73.44%
CYP Access Target TBC - - - - - -
Inappropriate OAPS TBC - - - - - -
MHSDS Data Quality Maturity Index TBC - - - - - -
76 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity NHS Improvement Indicators Kitemarking
Kitemarking key:
• SOP – Does the indicator have an associated SOP that is within date?
• External Audit – Has this measure been subjected to an external audit within the last 2 years?
• Internal Audit – Has this measure been subjected to an internal audit within the last 2 years?
• Electronically Populated – Is this indicator produced using electronically generated numerators and denominators?
• Manual Overrides – Has the performance for this indicator been produced using manual overrides to indicate false positives or
negatives?
14
77 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity NHS Improvement Indicators Kitemarking
15
78 of 255
Performance Management
Trust position for Lancashire CCGs:
- In Month 8, achieved a performance of 96.3% against a target
of 95% across 8 CCGs.
CCG position:
- In Month 8, the Trust has underperformed in 3 CCGs: Blackburn
with Darwen, Blackpool and West Lancs.
Unassigned CCG:
- In Month 8, there were 4 records unassigned a CCG, of which
100% (4) were completed.
16
Trust position for Lancashire CCGs:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved a performance of 96.7%
against a target of 95% across 8 CCGs.
CCG position:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved compliance for all CCGs.
Unassigned CCG:
- In Month 8, there were 59 records unassigned a CCG, of which
84.74% (50) were completed.
CPA 12 Month Review 7 Day Follow Up
2.1 Performance Activity NHS Improvement Indicators reported by CCG
Note: The total figures in the tables above differ from page 12 as they are
representative of only 8 contracted CCGs.
Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17
95.3% 98.8% 96.7% 95.6% 97.1%
95.5% 96.2% 96.8% 95.5% 95.3%
95.1% 96.6% 94.0% 95.3% 97.2%
95.6% 96.0% 96.0% 96.5% 95.6%
95.6% 98.0% 98.0% 99.6% 100.0%
97.9% 98.4% 98.2% 98.0% 96.1%
97.0% 95.5% 96.8% 96.1% 96.3%
95.6% 96.9% 95.2% 97.8% 99.1%
96.0% 97.1% 96.5% 96.6% 96.7%
12 month CPA
NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
NHS Blackpool CCG
NHS Chorley & South Ribble CCG
Total Figure - 8 CCGs
NHS East Lancashire CCG
NHS Fylde & Wyre CCG
NHS Greater Preston CCG
NHS Morecambe Bay CCG
NHS West Lancashire CCG
Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17
90.9% 94.7% 100.0% 100.0% 94.1%
100.0% 92.9% 96.2% 100.0% 93.9%
83.3% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 95.2%
95.7% 100.0% 100.0% 98.0% 100.0%
95.5% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 95.8%
94.7% 100.0% 100.0% 93.8% 96.9%
100.0% 86.7% 100.0% 95.0% 100.0%
90.9% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 88.9%
94.6% 97.2% 99.5% 97.9% 96.3%Total Figure - 8 CCGs
7 DFU CCG
NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
NHS Blackpool CCG
NHS Chorley & South Ribble CCG
NHS East Lancashire CCG
NHS Fylde & Wyre CCG
NHS Greater Preston CCG
NHS Morecambe Bay CCG
NHS West Lancashire CCG
79 of 255
Performance Management
Note: The total figures in the tables above differ from page 12 as they are
representative of only 8 contracted CCGs.
2.1 Performance Activity NHS Improvement Indicators reported by CCG
Delayed Transfers of Care (DToC)
17
IP Access to Crisis Resolution Home Treatment
Trust position for Lancashire CCGs:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved a performance of 2.11%
against a target of <7.5% across 8 CCGs.
CCG position:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved compliance for all CCGs.
Unassigned CCG:
- In Month 8, there were 9 records unassigned a CCG, of which
100% (9) were completed.
Trust position for Lancashire CCGs:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved a performance of 100%
against a target of 95% across 8 CCGs.
CCG position:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved compliance for all CCGs.
Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17
1.57% 1.56% 1.55% 1.63% 1.60%
0.00% 0.09% 2.32% 2.00% 0.91%
6.70% 3.82% 2.64% 4.05% 2.28%
2.69% 2.53% 2.92% 3.91% 4.26%
3.37% 2.80% 2.21% 2.11% 0.48%
4.49% 4.63% 3.56% 2.64% 2.99%
0.00% 0.13% 2.09% 0.00% 0.00%
0.00% 3.67% 4.28% 4.98% 0.00%
2.55% 2.47% 2.72% 2.61% 2.11%
DToC
NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
NHS Blackpool CCG
NHS Chorley & South Ribble CCG
NHS East Lancashire CCG
NHS Fylde & Wyre CCG
NHS Greater Preston CCG
NHS Lancashire North CCG
NHS West Lancashire CCG
Total Figure - 8 CCGs
Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% -
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
NHS East Lancashire CCG
NHS Fylde & Wyre CCG
NHS Greater Preston CCG
NHS Morecambe Bay CCG
NHS West Lancashire CCG
Total Figure - 8 CCGs
% IP Access to CRHTT
NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
NHS Blackpool CCG
NHS Chorley & South Ribble CCG
80 of 255
Performance Management
Note: The total figures in the tables above differ from page 12 as they are
representative of only 8 contracted CCGs.
2.1 Performance Activity NHS Improvement Indicators reported by CCG
RTT – Consultant Led (Completed Pathway)
18
RTT – Consultant Led (Incomplete Pathway)
Trust position for Lancashire CCGs:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved a performance of 100%
against a target of 95% across 8 CCGs.
CCG position:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved compliance for all CCGs.
Trust position for Lancashire CCGs:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved a performance of 99.3%
against a target of 92% across 8 CCGs.
CCG position:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved compliance for all CCGs.
Note: NHS England guidance published in October 2015 confirmed that the incomplete pathway operational standard should became the sole
measure of patients’ constitutional right to start treatment within 18 weeks. And whilst we are required to maintain reporting on the completed
admitted pathway, the removal of the completed admitted pathway as an operational standard means that there is no longer any provision to report
pauses or suspensions in RTT waiting time clocks in monthly RTT returns to NHS England. This means that patients choosing to cancel
appointments can impact negatively on this measure.
Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17
- - 100.0% - -
- - - 100.0% -
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
- - - - -
100.0% - 100.0% - 100.0%
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
- - - - 100.0%
- - - - -
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
RTT Complete
NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
NHS Blackpool CCG
NHS Chorley & South Ribble CCG
Total Figure - 8 CCGs
NHS East Lancashire CCG
NHS Fylde & Wyre CCG
NHS Greater Preston CCG
NHS Morecambe Bay CCG
NHS West Lancashire CCG
Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17
- - - - -
- 100.0% 100.0% - -
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
- 100.0% - - -
- 100.0% - - -
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 99.4% 98.9%
- 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% -
- - - - -
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 99.7% 99.3%
RTT Incomplete
NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
NHS Blackpool CCG
NHS Chorley & South Ribble CCG
Total Figure - 8 CCGs
NHS East Lancashire CCG
NHS Fylde & Wyre CCG
NHS Greater Preston CCG
NHS Morecambe Bay CCG
NHS West Lancashire CCG
81 of 255
Performance Management
Note: The total figures in the tables above differ from page 12 as they are
representative of only 8 contracted CCGs.
2.1 Performance Activity NHS Improvement Indicators reported by CCG
MH Identifiers
19
MH Outcomes
Trust position for Lancashire CCGs:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved a performance of 99.6%
against a target of 97% across 8 CCGs.
CCG position:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved compliance for all CCGs.
Unassigned CCG:
- In Month 8, there were 3426 records unassigned a CCG, of
which 94.48% (3237) were completed.
Trust position for Lancashire CCGs:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved a performance of 82.7%
against a target of 50% across 8 CCGs.
CCG position:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved compliance for all CCGs.
Unassigned CCG:
- In Month 8, there were 167 records unassigned a CCG, of which
82.04% (137) were completed.
Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17
99.8% 99.8% 99.8% 99.8% 99.7%
99.7% 99.7% 99.8% 99.8% 99.8%
98.8% 98.8% 98.8% 98.9% 98.9%
99.8% 99.8% 99.8% 99.8% 99.7%
99.7% 99.7% 99.7% 99.7% 99.7%
99.6% 99.6% 99.6% 99.6% 99.6%
99.7% 99.7% 99.7% 99.6% 99.6%
99.7% 99.7% 99.7% 99.6% 99.6%
99.6% 99.6% 99.6% 99.6% 99.6%
MH Identifiers
NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
NHS Blackpool CCG
NHS Chorley & South Ribble CCG
NHS East Lancashire CCG
NHS Fylde & Wyre CCG
NHS Greater Preston CCG
NHS Morecambe Bay CCG
NHS West Lancashire CCG
Total Figure - 8 CCGs
Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17
76.0% 74.7% 72.9% 73.8% 74.6%
77.7% 78.6% 78.1% 79.3% 82.8%
86.6% 86.0% 85.0% 84.2% 85.0%
83.4% 83.4% 82.8% 82.5% 83.0%
84.8% 84.9% 86.0% 85.8% 89.4%
80.6% 80.9% 80.4% 80.5% 80.9%
90.1% 89.4% 89.0% 89.9% 91.0%
78.1% 78.2% 75.6% 75.2% 77.4%
81.9% 81.7% 80.9% 81.3% 82.7%
MH Outcomes
NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
NHS Blackpool CCG
NHS Chorley & South Ribble CCG
NHS East Lancashire CCG
NHS Fylde & Wyre CCG
NHS Greater Preston CCG
NHS Morecambe Bay CCG
NHS West Lancashire CCG
Total Figure - 8 CCGs
82 of 255
Performance Management
Note: The total figures in the tables above differ from page 12 as they are
representative of only 8 contracted CCGs.
2.1 Performance Activity NHS Improvement Indicators reported by CCG
2ww EIS
20
Trust position for Lancashire CCGs:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved a performance of 23.9% against
a target of 50% across 8 CCGs.
CCG position:
- In Month 8, the Trust has underperformed in 4 CCGs: Blackburn
with Darwen, Blackpool, East Lancashire and Greater Preston.
Due to ongoing validation, CCG split is only available from October.
Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17
- - - 16.7% 9.1%
- - - 0.0% 0.0%
- - - 0.0% 50.0%
- - - 0.0% 27.8%
- - - 0.0% -
- - - 0.0% 0.0%
- - - 50.0% 50.0%
- - - 0.0% 100.0%
- - - 9.5% 23.9%
2ww EIS
NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
NHS Blackpool CCG
NHS Chorley & South Ribble CCG
NHS East Lancashire CCG
NHS Fylde & Wyre CCG
NHS Greater Preston CCG
NHS Morecambe Bay CCG
NHS West Lancashire CCG
Total Figure - 8 CCGs
83 of 255
Performance Management
Note: The total figures in the tables above differ from page 12 as they are
representative of only 7 contracted CCGs.
2.1 Performance Activity NHS Improvement Indicators reported by CCG
IAPT – 6 Weeks
21
IAPT – 18 Weeks
Trust position for Lancashire CCGs:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved a performance of 94.1%
against a target of 75% across 8 CCGs.
CCG position:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved compliance for all CCGs.
Trust position for Lancashire CCGs:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved a performance of 99.7%
against a target of 95% across 8 CCGs.
CCG position:
- In Month 8, the Trust has achieved compliance for all CCGs.
Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17
78.7% 82.0% 83.8% 79.6% 85.7%
95.6% 95.1% 99.1% 92.4% 93.6%
98.1% 97.5% 97.4% 97.4% 96.9%
94.1% 96.7% 94.4% 97.8% 96.3%
94.4% 91.9% 94.8% 99.2% 94.4%
91.1% 92.4% 90.4% 88.7% 93.3%
93.9% 98.6% 92.7% 98.5% 93.9%
93.6% 93.8% 94.1% 94.2% 94.1%
RTT IAPT 6 Wks
NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
NHS Blackpool CCG
NHS Chorley & South Ribble CCG
Not Commissioned
NHS East Lancashire CCG
NHS Fylde & Wyre CCG
NHS Greater Preston CCG
NHS Morecambe Bay CCG
NHS West Lancashire CCG
Total Figure - 7 CCGs
Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
100.0% 99.2% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
97.1% 98.9% 98.9% 100.0% 98.8%
99.2% 98.1% 98.7% 100.0% 99.1%
96.7% 100.0% 97.9% 98.1% 100.0%
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
99.2% 99.4% 99.4% 99.8% 99.7%
NHS West Lancashire CCG
Total Figure - 7 CCGs
Not Commissioned
NHS Chorley & South Ribble CCG
NHS East Lancashire CCG
NHS Fylde & Wyre CCG
NHS Greater Preston CCG
RTT IAPT 18 Wks
NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
NHS Blackpool CCG
NHS Morecambe Bay CCG
84 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Summary – Mental Health
22
Indicators achieved Target Type Target Dec-16 Jan-17 Feb-17 Mar-17 Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17Rolling 12 Month
Sparkline
NHS Improvement
CPA 7 Day Follow Up (Total Network Performance) NHSI 95% 98.1% 98.7% 96.7% 97.8% 98.5% 96.8% 95.7% 94.3% 96.6% 99.4% 97.8% 97.1%
CPA 7 Day Follow Up (AMH) NHSI 95% 98.4% 98.5% 96.9% 98.4% 98.9% 96.9% 96.2% 94.4% 96.0% 99.4% 97.5% 97.3%
CPA 7 Day Follow Up (OA) NHSI 95% 95.7% 100.0% 95.0% 93.5% 96.2% 100.0% 96.0% 92.3% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 95.8%
CPA 7 Day Follow Up (SS) NHSI 95% 100.0% 100.0% 50.0% 100.0% 0.0% 80.0% 50.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
CPA 12 Month Review (Total Network Performance) NHSI 95% 97.7% 96.7% 97.0% 97.5% 97.0% 97.2% 95.9% 95.7% 96.8% 96.3% 96.4% 96.5%
CPA 12 Month Review (AMH) NHSI 95% 97.4% 96.3% 96.6% 97.3% 96.5% 96.8% 95.3% 95.1% 96.3% 95.7% 95.9% 96.0%
CPA 12 Month Review (OA) NHSI 95% 99.7% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 99.7% 100.0% 99.1% 98.4% 99.7% 99.7% 99.4% 98.5%
CPA 12 Month Review (SS) NHSI 95% 100.0% 98.2% 98.2% 97.0% 100.0% 98.8% 100.0% 100.0% 99.4% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Delayed Transfers of Care (Total Network Performance) NHSI ≤7.5% 4.79% 3.76% 2.60% 2.39% 3.10% 3.33% 3.48% 2.89% 2.39% 2.55% 2.49% 2.04%
Delayed Transfers of Care (AMH) NHSI ≤7.5% 3.06% 3.66% 2.19% 2.27% 3.26% 3.42% 2.94% 2.31% 1.06% 0.49% 0.66% 1.10%
Delayed Transfers of Care (OA) NHSI ≤7.5% 10.34% 4.11% 3.92% 2.70% 3.27% 2.06% 3.08% 2.72% 4.03% 6.29% 6.01% 2.72%
Delayed Transfers of Care (SS) NHSI ≤7.5% 2.77% 3.91% 3.80% 3.08% 2.74% 3.85% 4.61% 4.00% 3.82% 4.03% 3.68% 3.34%
IP Access to Crisis Res. Treatment (Gatekeeping) NHSI 95% 100.0% 98.6% 99.4% 97.7% 100.0% 100.0% 99.5% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
MH Data Completeness - Identifiers NHSI 97% - - - - 99.6% 99.6% 99.7% 99.5% 99.5% 99.6% 99.5% 99.5%
MH Data Completeness - Identifiers (AMH) NHSI 97% 99.7% 99.7% 99.8% 99.7% - - - - - - - -
MH Data Completeness - Identifiers (SS) NHSI 97% 97.9% 98.4% 98.4% 98.5% - - - - - - - -
MH Data Completeness - Outcomes NHSI 50% - - - - 85.8% 84.8% 84.5% 84.6% 84.5% 83.6% 83.7% 85.0%
MH Data Completeness - Outcomes (AMH) NHSI 50% 85.3% 85.2% 85.2% 85.4% - - - - - - - -
MH Data Completeness - Outcomes (SS) NHSI 50% 83.4% 82.5% 81.3% 79.6% - - - - - - - -
Inappropriate OAPs NHSI TBC - - - - - - - - - - - -
Other Indicators
AQ Dementia (OA) (1 month in arrears) NHSE 59.3% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% -
Memory Assessment Service (MAS) seen within 6 weeks (OA) NHSE 70% 39.5% 25.7% 40.3% 48.4% 47.0% 52.1% 70.4% 79.8% 80.4% 79.6% 78.1% 74.6%
PBR Clustering NHSE 95% 96.4% 96.8% 96.4% 96.5% 96.5% 96.6% 96.7% 96.4% 95.7% 95.9% 95.1% 95.4%
No of Patients without a Care Co-ordinator Allocated > 2 Weeks (Total
Network Performance)NHSE 0
307 313 255 260 267 255 211 233 210 - - 152
No of Patients without a Care Co-ordinator Allocated > 2 Weeks (AMH) NHSE 0266 262 222 253 245 243 187 203 183 - - 152
No of Patients without a Care Co-ordinator Allocated > 2 Weeks (SS) NHSE 0 41 51 33 7 22 12 24 30 27 - - -
MHLT
MHLT 1hr compliance Commissioners 95% 45.7% 46.9% 38.7% 51.8% 51.6% 45.9% 47.5% 40.8% 39.5% 42.5% 45.5% 49.3%
No of 4hr breaches (Percentage of total) 5% 7.7% 11.2% 15.4% 9.7% 9.5% 11.4% 14.8% 16.1% 15.1% 16.4% 14.5% 12.4%
No of 4hr breaches (Number of breaches) 32 49 75 102 71 67 79 110 116 102 108 104 80
No of 12hr breaches (Percentage of total) 0% 0.9% 1.5% 1.2% 3.3% 0.9% 1.4% 4.0% 1.8% 2.5% 1.2% 0.8% 1.2%
No of 12hr breaches (Number of breaches) 0 6 10 8 24 6 10 30 13 17 8 6 8
Stretch
Stretch
85 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Summary – Mental Health (Secure)
23
Indicators achieved Target Type Target Dec-16 Jan-17 Feb-17 Mar-17 Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17Rolling 12 Month
Sparkline
Secure Mental Health Business Unit
Overall Gross Occupancy NHSE 93% 90.2% 91.8% 93.3% 93.7% 97.2% 95.9% 96.0% 94.2% 91.3% 91.0% 92.4% 91.3%
Violent Incidents resulting in Restraint Stretch ≤ 20.00% 16.1% 20.8% 17.5% 20.5% 18.4% 15.6% 22.2% 27.1% 17.2% 29.1% 19.3% 16.4%
% of SU that have had a CPA Review in last 6 months Stretch 100% 100.0% 100.0% 99.3% 99.3% 98.0% 97.4% 96.1% 94.5% 97.2% 96.0% 100.0% 100.0%
% of service users who have a Care Coordinator allocated within 2 weeks Stretch 100% 62.5% 75.0% 77.8% 75.0% 66.7% 100.0% 50.0% 66.7% 99.3% 100.0% 100.0% 99.3%
% of CPA reviews attended by Local Care Coordinators Stretch 80% 50.0% 25.0% 42.9% 39.3% 65.2% 33.3% 51.7% 42.9% 44.0% 48.1% 43.5% 72.0%
% of service users who have Cardiometabolic risk factors assessed within
12 months Stretch 90% 94.6% 96.0% 89.7% 96.8% 100.0% 100.0% 99.4% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
25hrs Meaningful Activity - Offered NHSE 100% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
25hrs Meaningful Activity - Uptake NHSE 100% 82.8% 85.0% 80.4% 79.9% 75.6% 82.3% 81.3% 86.8% 74.1% 78.2% 85.2% 86.4%
Community Business Unit
% of caseload with a Local Care Coordinator allocated Stretch 100% 96.1% 96.0% 97.9% 100.0% 95.3% 97.0% 95.5% 100.0% 97.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
% of caseload carried longer than 12 months post SMHBU discharge Stretch ≤ 20.00% 58.8% 72.0% 66.7% 74.0% 60.9% 60.6% 59.7% 63.5% 58.2% 60.9% 66.0% 70.6%
% of CPA Reviews Attended by Local Care Coordinators / Local Teams Stretch 80% 50.0% 62.5% 75.0% 30.0% 33.3% 40.0% 54.5% 33.3% 50.0% 63.6% 25.0% 45.5%
No of Incidents exceeding PACE Clock Commissioners 0 3 4 3 5 7 3 4 5 5 9 3 9
Health & Justice Business Unit - HMP Liverpool
GP Waits over 2 Weeks NHSE 0% 64.1% 55.0% 59.5% 64.2% 49.4% 22.8% 0.0% 18.8% 43.6% 43.1% 44.9% 23.5%
NHS Health Checks NHSE 40% 3.6% 26.1% 13.2% 8.9% 1.9% 57.1% 28.6% 14.3% 22.6% 0.0% 33.3% 33.3%
Well Man Assessment completed NHSE 100% 98% 97% 95% 89% 75% 63% 33% 96% 120% 98% 124% 83%
Hep B Vaccinations completed NHSE 25.0% 30.4% 25.0% 0.0% 3.7% 0.0% 8.6% 0.0% 0.0% 4.2% 0.0% 0.0%
Chlamydia Screening U25's Uptake NHSE 50% 20.7% 14.3% 33.3% 5.3% 13.0% 27.3% 63.6% 100.0% 21.4% 13.3% 17.7% 11.1%
Men C Vaccinations Uptake NHSE 95% 5.7% 12.2% 4.9% 2.6% 2.4% 21.1% 44.7% 5.3% 7.7% 7.1% 19.4% 4.2%
MMR Vaccinations Uptake NHSE 95% 4.4% 11.1% 0.0% 14.3% 23.8% 3.6% 2.3% 2.3% 1.0% 1.7% 4.1% 3.0%
Prison 6 Month CPA Reviews NHSE 100% 100.0% - 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 0.0% 100.0%
QOF NHSE 238 327 323 314 319 316 323 334 354 385 381 410 457
Note: *Work is ongoing with the Hub in order to display the PACE clock measure within the context of all PACE clocks.
*
86 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Summary – Community & Wellbeing
24
Indicators achieved Target Type Target Dec-16 Jan-17 Feb-17 Mar-17 Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17Rolling 12 Month
Sparkline
NHS Improvement
RTT - Consultant Led (Completed Pathway) NHSI 95% 96.3% 96.7% 97.6% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
RTT - Consultant Led (Incomplete Pathway) NHSI 92% 95.4% 97.3% 100.0% 99.2% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 99.7% 99.3%
RTT - IAPT 6 Weeks NHSI 75% 96.5% 95.1% 95.7% 93.4% 96.4% 94.7% 95.1% 94.5% 94.4% 94.5% 94.6% 94.8%
RTT - IAPT 18 Weeks NHSI 95% 99.8% 99.4% 99.8% 98.8% 99.4% 99.2% 99.7% 99.3% 99.4% 99.5% 99.7% 99.8%
Waiting Times - AHP RTT
Adult Learning Disability Service NHSE 95% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Community Stroke Service NHSE 95% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% - -
Intermediate Care NHSE 95% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 99.4%
Podiatry NHSE 95% 100.0% 100.0% 99.8% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Pulmonary Rehabilitation NHSE 95% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Rapid Assessment Team NHSE 95% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Adult Speech and Language Therapy NHSE 95% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 99.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 98.6% 100.0% 98.6% 100.0% 98.6%
Community Neuro Team NHSE 95% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Community Respiratory Service NHSE 95% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 98.7% 98.0%
Continence Service NHSE 95% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 97.8% 100.0% 100.0% 98.5% 98.3% 100.0% 98.1%
Domiciliary Physiotherapy NHSE 95% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Falls Team NHSE 95% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 99.5% 100.0% 100.0% 99.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Nutrition & Dietetics NHSE 95% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 99.5%
Other Indicators
RTT Complete - Learning Disability Commissioner 95% 98.8% 98.9% 98.9% 100.0% 98.7% 96.1% 96.3% 99.2% 99.2% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
12 Week Dentist Waits - HMP Liverpool Commissioner 95% 98.7% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 94.6% 100.0% 100.0%
Community Dental Waits Commissioner 95% 95.2% 96.1% 98.0% 99.4% 97.1% 98.3% 100.0% 97.5% 98.2% 98.1% 100.0% 97.6%
Unallocated Cases NHSE 0 11 12 12 7 15 13 2 7 19 - - 43
Note: Allocated patients report is back online after re-build. Network re-alignment has meant that some results have changed but does not completely mask a growth in unallocated cases.
87 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Summary – Community & Wellbeing
25
Indicators achieved Target Type Target Dec-16 Jan-17 Feb-17 Mar-17 Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17Rolling 12 Month
Sparkline
IAPT
IAPT in Month Prevalence
Blackburn with Darwen CCGCommissioner 1.18% 1.22% 1.32% 1.26% 0.89% 0.74% 1.85% 1.13% 1.27% 1.38% 1.20% 1.09% 1.60%
IAPT Cumulative Prevalence
Blackburn with Darwen CCGCommissioner 9.47% - - - - 0.74% 2.59% 3.72% 4.99% 6.37% 7.57% 8.66% 10.26%
IAPT in Month Prevalence
East Lancashire CCGCommissioner 1.25% 1.05% 1.56% 1.11% 1.77% 1.00% 1.13% 1.64% 1.42% 1.22% 1.30% 1.38% 1.36%
IAPT Cumulative Prevalence
East Lancashire CCGCommissioner 10.00% - - - - 1.00% 2.13% 3.76% 5.19% 6.41% 7.72% 9.09% 10.45%
IAPT in Month Prevalence
Chorley & South Ribble CCGCommissioner 1.25% 1.42% 1.59% 1.08% 1.44% 1.29% 1.53% 1.47% 1.31% 1.45% 1.38% 1.40% 2.10%
IAPT Cumulative Prevalence
Chorley & South Ribble CCGCommissioner 10.00% - - - - 1.29% 2.81% 4.29% 5.60% 7.05% 8.43% 9.83% 11.93%
IAPT in Month Prevalence
Greater Preston CCGCommissioner 1.25% 1.14% 1.24% 1.18% 1.20% 0.92% 1.38% 1.46% 1.41% 1.07% 1.24% 1.67% 1.24%
IAPT Cumulative Prevalence
Greater Preston CCGCommissioner 10.00% - - - - 0.92% 2.30% 3.76% 5.17% 6.23% 7.48% 9.15% 10.39%
IAPT in Month Prevalence
West Lancashire CCGCommissioner 1.25% 1.26% 1.71% 0.83% 1.53% 1.13% 1.51% 1.34% 1.08% 1.48% 1.21% 1.33% 1.67%
IAPT Cumulative Prevalence
West Lancashire CCGCommissioner 10.00% - - - - 1.13% 2.64% 3.98% 5.06% 6.54% 7.75% 9.08% 10.75%
IAPT in Month Prevalence
Fylde and Wyre CCGCommissioner 1.25% 1.55% 1.33% 0.96% 1.40% 1.23% 1.33% 1.36% 1.44% 1.35% 1.37% 1.33% 1.88%
IAPT Cumulative Prevalence
Fylde and Wyre CCGCommissioner 10.00% - - - - 1.23% 2.55% 3.91% 5.35% 6.70% 8.07% 9.39% 11.27%
IAPT in Month Prevalence
Morecambe Bay CCGCommissioner 1.25% 1.64% 1.31% 1.22% 1.41% 1.34% 1.07% 1.40% 1.46% 1.32% 1.27% 1.03% 1.75%
IAPT Cumulative Prevalence
Morecambe Bay CCGCommissioner 10.00% - - - - 1.34% 2.41% 3.81% 5.27% 6.59% 7.86% 8.88% 10.64%
IAPT in Month Prevalence
St Helens CCGCommissioner 1.25% 0.74% 1.31% 1.02% 1.67% 0.88% 1.13% 1.31% 1.07% 1.09% 1.43% 1.56% 1.20%
IAPT Cumulative Prevalence
St. Helens CCGCommissioner 10.00% - - - - 0.88% 2.01% 3.32% 4.39% 5.48% 6.91% 8.47% 9.67%
IAPT Waiting Times (Internal Target) Stretch 0 pts >26 wks - - - - 22 23 23 25 14 26 14 59
IAPT Recovery NHSE 50% 56.3% 53.8% 57.0% 53.4% 54.5% 52.6% 57.0% 50.0% 55.1% 57.3% 53.6% 53.4%
88 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Summary – Children & Young People’s Wellbeing
26
Indicators achieved Target Type Target Nov-16 Dec-16 Jan-17 Feb-17 Mar-17 Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17Rolling 12 Month
Sparkline
NHS Improvement
CPA 7 Day Follow Up NHSI 95% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 95.5% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 88.9% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 95.2%
CPA 12 Month Review NHSI 95% 97.6% 98.3% 99.5% 98.5% 97.9% 97.5% 95.6% 99.0% 99.5% 100.0% 98.7% 98.7% 98.0%
MH Data Completeness - Identifiers NHSI 97% 99.7% 99.7% 99.7% 99.7% 99.7% 99.6% 99.6% 99.7% 99.6% 99.6% 99.5% 99.6% 99.5%
MH Data Completeness - Outcomes NHSI 50% 67.2% 66.3% 64.8% 81.3% 64.9% 63.5% 60.7% 59.3% 58.1% 57.9% 56.7% 58.8% 59.3%
2 Week wait for Treatment for EIP Programme NHSI 50% 74.3% 76.7% 82.0% 81.4% 74.4% 11.1% 7.1% 0.0% 9.5% 11.8% 15.6% 9.5% 23.9%
Waiting Lists - RTT 18 Weeks (Completed Outcomes)
EIS Therapies (The Hub) NHSE 95% 90.3% 93.0% 83.9% 80.0% 94.7%
Child Psychology - Total Network Performance NHSE 92% 69.9% 70.9% 71.0% 60.3% 64.8% 66.6% 62.4% 66.9% 74.1% 77.7% 84.4% 89.0% 86.3%
CAMHS Tier 3 - Total Network Performance NHSE 92% 99.0% 97.5% 100.0% 98.1% 88.8% 79.4% 78.0% 78.4% 68.1% 64.5% 59.1% 56.9% 60.8%
Waiting Lists - RTT 18 Weeks (Incompleted Outcomes)
CITNS - Occ Therapy - Total Network Performance NHSE 92% 81.8% 81.8% 88.2% 91.2% 95.1% 94.9% 94.0% 96.4% 99.1% 96.3% 98.2% 97.9% 96.2%
CITNS - Physiotherapy - Total Network Performance NHSE 92% 100.0% 100.0% 98.1% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 99.4% 99.5%
CITNS - SLT- Total Network Performance NHSE 92% 86.9% 86.9% 86.6% 83.6% 82.7% 84.2% 86.7% 87.0% 88.4% 96.2% 96.3% 98.0% 99.6%
CAMHS Tier 4
Bed Occupancy - The Cove NHSE 85% 65.0% 55.0% 65.5% 80.5% 90.5% 92.8% 86.5% 96.7% 94.6% 68.8% 68.2% 78.9% 90.6%
Average Length of Stay (days) - The Cove Bench 83 78.00 57.00 44.00 41.00 39.00 67.00 57.00 33.30 60.70 27.70 48.10 26.60 38.80
National Child Measurement Programme
NCMP - Central NHSE 90% 19.3% 26.8% 39.5% 52.6% 64.5% 73.8% 88.7% 94.4% - - - 5.1% 20.0%
NCMP - BwD (Cumulative) NHSE 95% 17.8% 24.9% 37.1% 46.3% 60.2% 67.6% 82.2% 95.7% - - - 22.4% 28.1%
NCMP - East (Cumulative) NHSE 90% 21.9% 30.3% 44.3% 56.0% 67.9% 79.5% 93.0% 98.5% - - - 6.4% 21.4%
Other Indicators
ADHD - New < 18 Weeks NHSE 92% 38.3% 40.1% 36.1% 31.6% 37.7% 46.4% 39.0% 35.7% 22.7% 20.9% 34.7% 36.7% 35.1%
PBR Clustering NHSE 95% 94.9% 93.6% 96.2% 96.3% 95.4% 96.0% 97.2% 96.4% 96.5% 95.1% 95.3% 95.1% 93.9%
Number of Patients without a Care Co-ordinator Allocated > 2 Weeks NHSE 0 13 14 8 18 29 23 5 4 2 2 - - 99
Currently being validated
Note: Allocated patients report is back online after re-build. Network re-alignment has meant that some results have changed but does not completely mask a growth in unallocated cases.
89 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Patient Flow Mental Health – Mental Health Liaison Team (MHLT)
27
MHLT:
1 Hour Compliance:
The Network is reporting low compliance in the target for patients to be seen within 1 hour of referral with 49.3% compliance in M8.
4 Hours Breaches:
The Network is reporting 80 actual 4 hour breaches in A&E for which LCFT were responsible in month 8, reporting 87.6% compliance.
12 Hours Breaches:
The Network is reporting 8 actual 12 hour breaches in A&E from the decision to admit time in month 8, this is 1.2% of all A&E referrals to
MHLT.
Actions: Due: Owner: Outcome:
CORE 24 workshops in progress for development of the working
models. Apr-18
Deputy Head of
Operations Workshop held.
90 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Patient Flow Mental Health – Mental Health Liaison Team (MHLT)
28
91 of 255
Performance Management
29
Occupancy:
Throughout November, occupancy levels across the service continue to be below the contracted threshold and occupancy has decreased
to 91.3%. The following rationale illustrates the reasons for the monthly bed occupancy:
•Bleasdale Male Medium ABI had 2 vacancies - no one currently on waiting list
•Whinfell Ward Male Low ABI had 4 vacancies - 1 SU currently placed on the waiting list
•Forest Beck Ward Female Step down service had 2 vacancies - SU identified from Fellside East to transfer to Forest Beck
•Hermitage ABI/MI Step down Community House had 4 vacancies - Male Community Bed
•FairoakWard Male Low had 1 vacancy - SU identified to transfer from step down to Fairoak
•Fellside East Ward Female LSU had 1 vacancy - MDT working with service user from MSU to transition to LSU.
•Fairsnape Ward MSU had 1 vacancy.
There are no actions for this measure.
2.1 Performance Activity Mental Health (Secure Services) – Occupancy
OBD Available %
1998 2250 88.80%
1646 1680 97.98%
846 990 85.45%
4490 4920 91.26%
Low Secure Wards
Step down Wards
Total
Nov-17
Medium Secure Wards
92 of 255
Performance Management
30
Violent Incidents resulting in Restraint:
In November, staff reported a total of 110 incidents of verbal and physical violence within the inpatient unit .This is a 27% reduction
compared to the 150 incidents reported in October 2017.
The overall use of restraint as a response to violent incidents has continued to decrease with 16% of violent incidents ending in restraint,
compared to 19% in October 2017.
Elmridge ward has seen a significant reduction in the number of restraints from 40 incidents in October to 5 in November.
2.1 Performance Activity Mental Health (Secure Services) – Violent Incidents
resulting in Restraint
Actions: Due: Owner: Outcome:
The service is looking at recruiting to a new post that will support teams in
the use of restraint and debriefs.
End of
Quarter 3
Care Group
Manager New Quality Lead in post.
93 of 255
Performance Management
31
CPA Reviews within 6 Months:
In November, all 146 eligible service users have had a CPA within the last 6 months.
2.1 Performance Activity Mental Health (Secure Services) – CPA Reviews
Within 6 Months
Actions: Due: Owner: Outcome:
Review the process for arranging CPA reviews. End of Quarter
3
Performance
Analyst This is continuing.
94 of 255
Performance Management
32
Local Care Coordinator:
In November, there was 1 Secure Inpatient admitted who is awaiting allocation of a Local Link worker. This is currently being investigated
by the CMHT and has also been escalated to the Flow and Capacity Manager and Care Group Manager.
There are no actions for this measure.
2.1 Performance Activity Mental Health (Secure Services) – Local Care Coordinator
allocated within 2 weeks
95 of 255
Performance Management
33
Attendance of CPA reviews:
The attendance of Local Care Co-ordinators at secure inpatient CPA Reviews has increased significantly to 72% in November.
There were a total of 25 CPA Reviews planned, of which 18 were attended by Local Care Co-ordinators. It is noted that 1 Local Care
Coordinator sent apologies, but that 6 did not attend. The DNA's have been followed up Line Manager to Line Manager.
Work continues to flag forthcoming CPA dates with Service Managers in order to allocate attendees to all Secure Inpatient CPA Reviews.
2.1 Performance Activity Mental Health (Secure Services) – Attendance of
CPA reviews
Actions: Due: Owner: Outcome:
1. All teams have been asked to forward the names of attendees for
all planned CPAs until the end of December 2017. 10-Nov-17
Care Group
Manager
Ongoing monthly.
2. Outlook invites are now being included within the invite process
and the secretaries will be following up all invites where apologies or
the name of the attendee have not been received.
10-Nov-17 Admin
Manager Ongoing monthly.
Attended Apologies DNA
21 17 1 3
4 1 0 3
Breakdown of LCCNo of CPA
reviews
LCFT LCC
Non LCFT LCC
Nov-17
96 of 255
Performance Management
34
25hr Meaningful Activity:
In November, 5 of the 15 wards failed to meet the 100% set target relating to meaningful activity uptake. It is noted that the improvement
across most wards has continued to increase slightly from 85.2% in October to 86.4% for November.
There are wards that continue to experience high acuity which has resulted in a static level of activity uptake. There is ongoing work being
undertaken to improve engagement and opportunities of activity both on and off the ward. The accuracy of recording has improved and the
wards continue to work with staff to record activity.
2.1 Performance Activity Mental Health (Secure Services) – 25hr Meaningful Activity
97 of 255
Performance Management
35
2.1 Performance Activity Mental Health (Secure Services) – 25hr Meaningful Activity
Actions: Due: Owner: Outcome:
1. Ward Managers and Team Leaders on Fairoak Ward and
Mallowdale Ward to ensure that 25hr activity is discussed with staff at
the end of each shift to improve the recording of activity and the
promotion for service user wellbeing.
End of Q3 Ward
Manager
2. Following the work with the service users on Marshaw ward to
understand what activities they would like to do, staff to purchase new
games and introduce new activities to improve uptake. End of Q3
Ward
Manager
3. The ward manager of Fairoak Ward to send a recurring email to
shift leaders to promote accurate recording of activities. End of Q3
Ward
Manager
98 of 255
Performance Management
36
% of FCMHT Caseload >12 months:
There are currently 51 service users on the FCMHT case load; 36 of these service users have been on the FCMHT caseload for over 12
months.
The team will be discussing the clinical appropriateness of this target with the Commissioner in January 2018.
2.1 Performance Activity Mental Health (Secure Services) – % of FCMHT
Caseload >12 months
Actions: Due: Owner: Outcome:
1. The service manager will continue to work with the team to
review pathways and the continued need for intensive input by the
FCMHT.
End of
Quarter 3
Care Group
Manager
Continued FCMHT input is dictated by a
balance of risk, legal status and psychological
need and now reviewed on a weekly basis.
2. A meeting is taking place with the commissioner and the
percentage of caseload being carried over 12 months will be
discussed with a suggestion for a more clinically appropriate target.
Oct-17
revised to
Jan-18
FMCT Care
Group
Manager
This discussion has been rescheduled for the
January 2018 meeting date yet to be
confirmed.
99 of 255
Performance Management
37
Attendance of CPA Reviews within Community Services:
Attendance of Local Care Co-ordinators at Forensic Community CPA Reviews has significantly increased to 45.45% for November. There
were 11 scheduled CPAs in total. 5 of these had link worker attendance, apologies were received from a further 3 link workers and 3 did
not attend.
Within this number, 9 cases involved LCFT link workers, of which 4 attended, 2 sent apologies and 3 did not attend.
Of the 2 CPAs which did not involve LCFT link workers, 1 sent apologies and 1 attended
Work continues to flag forthcoming CPA dates with Service Managers in order to allocate attendees to all Forensic Community CPA
Reviews. Further measures have been put in place to compliment the introduction of the FCMHT admin staff sending a letter out 6-8
weeks prior to a review. An invite to the meeting is now placed in the care co-ordinator's electronic calendar and the admin team are
calling the care co-ordinator a week before the review to ensure they are attending. If the care co-ordinator is unable to attend they are
being asked to identify a contingency plan in terms of skype, telephone call or sending another representative. Following any non-
attendance the FCMHT are contacting the team to identify reasons why so that these can be addressed.
2.1 Performance Activity Mental Health (Secure Services) – Attendance of
CPA Reviews within Community Services
Actions: Due: Owner: Outcome:
Admin staff to contact local care co-ordinators in week prior to planned CPA to
increase levels of attendance at CPA reviews and identify an alternative
representative if care co-ordinator is unable to attend due to leave or sickness.
End of Q3 Service Manager
100 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Mental Health (Secure Services) – Number of
Incidents exceeding PACE Clock
38
Number of Incidents exceeding PACE Clock:
There has been an increase in PACE breaches in November. Of the 9 breaches that took place, one was in excess of 95 hours, one 55,
47, 45, 41, 26, 22, 19 and one 17 hours longer held in Police custody than the PACE Limit of 24hrs. Four occurred in Preston, three at
Blackpool, one at Lancaster and one at Blackburn Custody.
One was due to communication issues relating to the bed required causing a delay waiting for a PICU bed. One was matters arising to
an informal admission and use of MHA with the grey area to be discussed at the next managers meeting. Seven related to no beds
being available and the escalation process being followed, with two of these being out of area.
There are no actions for this measure.
101 of 255
Performance Management
HMP Liverpool – HJIP Indicators:
GP Waiting Times:
As of the beginning of December there were 90 patients on the GP waiting list and the longest wait was 10 working days. This is a
significant improvement (14 days) on last month. The DNA rate of 37% is only slightly improved but there were 40 more patients seen by
the Nurse Practitioner which has contributed to the improvement.
Enablement issues are highlighted below.
NHS Health Checks:
At the start of the month six men were eligible for the NHS Health Check. Two Health Checks were completed and following a month's
intake of new receptions, the eligible total for December was again six. These six men have been offered an appointment on the 5th
December. We are looking at the possibility of offering the NHS Health Checks to patients and adding these on to the end of the
Therapeutic Monitoring Clinic one at a time and this would enable staff to remove the need for a dedicated NHS Health Check Clinic.
Wellman Screening:
The Wellman screenings target has slipped slightly due to staff annual leave. The NICE Guidance "Physical Health for people in prison"
now stipulates that the Wellman Screen should be completed in seven days and we are within these guidelines.
Immunisations and Vaccinations:
Due to staffing issues and a shortage of vaccinations there were only 50 appointments offered in November and 22 of those DNA.
The seasonal Influenza campaign is going well with only 23 eligible patients still outstanding. We now have secured some more
vaccinations and the clinics will be starting again week commencing 11/12/17.
DNA - Enablement Issues:
Following the recent HMIP / CQC inspection the following reporting structure has been put in place to try to resolve the current issues,
Enablement being amongst that list. Local Delivery Group (LDG) is Governor led and attended by Head of Healthcare and NHSE. Prison
Healthcare and Operational Group (PHOG) is a joint Healthcare and Prison meeting to resolve operational issues, including Enablement.
This is attended by Head of Healthcare and John Carroll and Vicky Price from the Prison. The first meeting is scheduled for the 8th
December.
2.1 Performance Activity Mental Health (Secure Services) – HMP Liverpool
HJIP Indicators
39
102 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Mental Health (Secure Services) – HMP Liverpool
HJIP Indicators
40
Actions: Due: Owner: Outcome:
1. Enablement issues. 08-Dec-17 Care Group
Manager
New escalation structure in place. The PHOG forum to
meet on 8/12/17 with the initial meeting to discuss
Healthcare issues.
2. NHS Health Checks:
Primary Care manager has been tasked by Head of
Healthcare with targeting NHS Health Checks.
30-Dec-17 Care Group
Manager
The NHS Health Check is now a manageable total (6).
Outpatients Manager is to look at adding these
appointments to the Therapeutic Management clinics.
3. Wellman Screening:
To have contingencies in place for staff annual leave
to maintain NICE standards. 30-Dec-17
Care Group
Manager
Continue to monitor and liaise with Mental Health Lead
K.G.
4. Immunisation and Vaccination:
Continue to offer as many appointments as possible
for Men C and MMR but the current emphasis will be
on Influenza vaccinations.
30-Dec-17 Care Group
Manager
Vaccinations now sourced and clinics to start again w/c
11/12/17.
103 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Mental Health (Secure Services) – HMP Liverpool
HJIP Indicators
41
Jan-17 Feb-17 Mar-17 Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17
276 307 375 261 336 358 422 359 307 274 285
269 292 335 196 211 117 406 432 301 341 237
97.46% 95.11% 89.33% 75.10% 62.80% 32.68% 96.21% 120.33% 98.05% 124.45% 83.16%
Wellman Checks
No. of new receptions
No. of Wellman checks completed
% completed
Jan-17 Feb-17 Mar-17 Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 27 44 16 28
27 49 41 19 18 39 54 28 35 37 25
41 59 35 52 31 45 47 69 57 33 48
127 169 165 80 23 0 27 96 103 70 31
GP Waits
0-2 days
3-7 days
8-14 days
14+ days
Jan-17 Feb-17 Mar-17 Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17
248 260 296 261 336 358 422 359 307 274 285
23 12 3 27 35 35 99 55 24 43 29
7 3 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 0 0
29 13 7 31 61 72 53 54 24 60 26
30.43% 25.00% 0.00% 3.70% 0.00% 8.57% 0.00% 0.00% 4.17% 0.00% 0.00%
Total vaccinations in month
% patients accepting within 4 wks
Hep B Vaccinations
No. of new receptions
No. of patients accepting Hep B
Patients vaccinated >4wks
Jan-17 Feb-17 Mar-17 Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17
134 258 247 103 14 14 21 31 22 6 6
26.12% 13.18% 8.91% 1.94% 57.14% 28.57% 14.29% 22.58% 0.00% 33.33% 33.33%
28 18 19 23 11 11 6 14 51 17 9
14.29% 33.33% 5.26% 13.04% 27.27% 63.64% 100.00% 21.43% 13.33% 17.65% 11.11%
41 41 38 41 38 38 19 26 28 31 24
12.20% 4.88% 2.63% 2.44% 21.05% 44.74% 5.26% 7.69% 7.14% 19.35% 4.17%
27 25 21 21 225 132 129 203 241 222 198
11.11% 0.00% 14.29% 23.81% 3.56% 2.27% 2.33% 0.99% 1.66% 4.05% 3.03%
0 5 2 6 2 2 4 1 2 3 1
- 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 0.00% 100.00%
Patients received NHS
HC Screen
Patients Accpeting
Men C Vacc
Patients Accpeting
MMR Vacc
SU received CPA
review <6 months
Total Eligible
% Screened
Total Eligible
% Recieved
Total Eligible
% Recieved
Total Eligible
% Recieved
Patients Screened for
Chlamydia
Total Eligible
% Screened
104 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Community & Wellbeing – Improving Access to
Psychological Therapies (IAPT) Prevalence
42
IAPT - Prevalence:
• Greater Preston have not met the contractual target of 15% by 3 patients, or the 16.2% internal cumulative target.
• St Helens have not met the contractual target of 15% by 15 patients.
A cumulative prevalence model is in place to direct and support teams to achieve the 16.8% prevalence target set by NHS England in
quarter 4. The quarter 3 contractual target remains at 15% (BwD is 14.2%), however teams have been working towards an internal
cumulative target of 16.2% in preparation. St Helens CCG have agreed that prevalence will stay at 15% as they have not received any
national LTC funding. Blackburn with Darwen CCG's prevalence target has been confirmed as 14.2% with an expectation that this will
increase and funds will be re attributed to this locality next year.
The service is aware that December has historically been a lower month for referrals and prevalence. In preparation for December, the
teams have been working to increase referrals and assessments in October and November. This is reflected in some of the high
prevalence figures in month 8.
The leadership team, including the recently appointed interim team leaders and admin leads have daily oversight of performance across all
teams. Performance data is examined daily to enable teams to respond quickly to areas of deficit in prevalence and, in conjunction with
team members, directs resources within each specific locality. Deficits and risk areas to achieve prevalence are highlighted at team and
management level and are escalated to the Leadership team and the Network managers immediately in order to expedite actions.
The team continues to increase 'Taster' and awareness sessions to improve prevalence. In addition, the leadership team are exploring
other options to increase prevalence, such as direct referral into groups and the use of technology.
105 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Community & Wellbeing – IAPT Prevalence
43
Actions: Due: Owner: Outcome:
1. West Lancs additional taster sessions planned for
Aug, Sept, Oct. 31-Dec-17 Team Leader
Taster sessions continue alongside exploring
direct referral options
2. Action plan developed with Preston and St Helens to
increase prevalence. 31-Dec-17 Service Manager Action plan remains in place.
Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17
1.27% 1.38% 1.20% 1.09% 1.60%
1.31% 1.45% 1.38% 1.40% 2.10%
1.42% 1.22% 1.30% 1.38% 1.36%
1.44% 1.35% 1.37% 1.33% 1.88%
1.41% 1.07% 1.24% 1.67% 1.24%
1.46% 1.32% 1.27% 1.03% 1.75%
1.07% 1.09% 1.43% 1.56% 1.20%
1.08% 1.48% 1.21% 1.33% 1.67%
1.28% 1.22% 1.26% 1.30% 1.45%
CWB IAPT Prev CCG (Monthly)
NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
NHS Chorley & South Ribble CCG
NHS East Lancashire CCG
NHS Fylde & Wyre CCG
Total Figure - 8 CCGs
NHS Greater Preston CCG
NHS Morecambe Bay CCG
NHS West Lancashire CCG
NHS St Helens CCG
106 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Community & Wellbeing – IAPT Prevalence
44
107 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Community & Wellbeing – IAPT Prevalence
45
108 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Community & Wellbeing – IAPT Waits
46
IAPT - Waits:
Waiting times have increased across the service in Month 8; 59 people have been waiting of treatment over 26 weeks.
• 1 person has been waiting over 26 weeks for CBT in BwD, this is the same number as in October
• 11 people have been waiting over 26 weeks for CBT in East Lancs, this is an increase since October when no one was waiting over
26 weeks
• 5 people have been waiting over 26 weeks for CBT in Greater Preston, this is an increase of 4 since October
• 10 people have been waiting over 26 weeks in Fylde and Wyre for CBT, this is an increase of 1 since October
• 18 people have been waiting over 26 weeks in Morecambe Bay for CBT, this is an increase since October when no one was waiting
over 26 weeks
• 14 people have been waiting over 26 weeks in St Helens for CBT, this is an increase since October when no one was waiting over 26
weeks
All people waiting over 26 weeks have been reviewed, and their individual circumstances. An action has been identified for each person
which may involve an appointment letter, attendance at a group or offer of alternative interventions. The main reasons for the increase
in waiting times are:
• staff vacancies and difficulties in recruitment, in terms of attracting suitable candidates
• staff sickness, measures in place to mitigate against loss of capacity
• noted reduction in activity with the sub contract partner Lancashire Women’s Centre, this is being managed monthly through a
formal contract and performance meeting.
• A service focus on increasing prevalence in quarter 1, 2 and 3, which has led to more people accessing Mindsmatter
A service based action plan is in development for each CCG. This action plan will be shared with each CCG individually, focusing
specifically on local team concerns and actions to mitigate against each concern. The action plans will focus on both clinical and
operational concerns and will be led by the Mindsmatter Leadership team.
109 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Community & Wellbeing – IAPT Waits
47
Actions: Due: Owner: Outcome:
Internal performance reporting increased and reviewed to closely
monitor waiting times across the teams.
30-Sep-17
revised to
31-Dec-17
Service
Manager
This will remain in place as there is a large
amount of staff movement in Quarter 3 which
will have an impact on waiting times.
110 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – EIP
48
Early Intervention in Psychosis (EIP):
The position at the end of M8 is that 23.9% of service users received treatment within 2 weeks. There have been 46 clocked stopped in
M8, compared to 21 in M7.
The number of service users waiting at the end of M8 has reduced from 68 to 51. This review leading to a decision for many service users
has changed the distribution of those waiting and has moved the average wait from 8-12 weeks to 3-4 weeks. This changed distribution is
shown in the comparison between October and November completed pathways in the graph and allows the teams to begin December with
less potential fails through those waiting over 2 weeks.
Oct-17 Nov-17
16.7% 9.1%
0.0% 0.0%
0.0% 50.0%
0.0% 27.8%
0.0% -
0.0% 0.0%
50.0% 50.0%
0.0% 100.0%
9.5% 23.9%
CYP 2ww EIP CCG
NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
NHS West Lancashire CCG
Total Figure - 8 CCGs
NHS Blackpool CCG
NHS Chorley & South Ribble CCG
NHS East Lancashire CCG
NHS Fylde & Wyre CCG
NHS Greater Preston CCG
NHS Morecambe Bay CCG
111 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – EIP
49
Actions: Due: Owner: Outcome:
1. Review and amend SOP to ensure clarity and triangulation
with most recent national Guidance Jan-18 Deputy Director Underway.
2. Appoint to vacant Band 8a Manager post Jan-18 Deputy Head of
Operations Complete - secondment in place.
3. Review of referral processes to ensure timely receipt by
service, including a review of impact of Bluelight 71 Dec-17
Deputy Head of
Operations
In the interim, contact being made
daily with SPoA and AMH teams in
each locality. This is being extended
to include AMH admission wards
4. Review of allocation processes for telephone and first face
to face with case manager to plan for sufficient timely first face
to face treatment appointments. Dec-17
Deputy Head of
Operations and
Lead Psychologist
Complete via daily call - process
agreed and telephone call stops clock
as per guidance. Formalisation of face
to face appointment within subsequent
7 days after telephone call (as a local
measure) to be reviewed at 6 months
once performance stabilised.
5. Establish an operational team to clear long term EIS case
backlog Dec-17
Head of
Operations
Complete - legacy group reduced to 8
and all in progress within current
capacity.
6. Training update for staff and team leaders on NCRS, EDMS
and records management Jan-18
Deputy Head of
Operations Under review as training not
necessary at present.
112 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Child Psychology
50
Child Psychology (Total Network Performance):
In M8, overall service performance decreased to 86.3%, from 89% in M7. The total number of SUs on the waiting list in M8 reduced to 270 from
290 in M7, of which 37 are waiting over 18 weeks – an increase of 5 from M7. Four out of the six team’s performance are now above the target
of 92% (BwD/EL; Preston Community; Blackpool; Fylde & Wyre) and two teams under the target (Preston Hospital and Lancaster).
Issues affecting performance:
Preston Hospital
8 out of 21 service users are waiting under 18 weeks (38.1%); this is a 34% reduction from M7 (64.7%). The longest waiter is 35 weeks.
The Royal Preston Hospital service has a contractual requirement for inpatients to be seen at very short notice, so the Clinical Psychologist may
see 2-3 inpatients in any given week which impacts on their capacity for out-patient/community work. Currently these short notice requests are
not logged on the waiting list and the processes to reflect that activity are being reviewed so that capacity can be better understood.
Preston Community
Performance in the team is above the 92% target for three consecutive months, at 96.7%. One SU out of 30 is waiting over 18 weeks for
treatment and has an appointment booked in December 17. The next longest waiter is at 14 weeks.
Lancaster
Performance in Lancaster increased slightly in M8 to 59.6% - from 55.6% in M7. This equates to 34 out of 57 service users. 8 SUs waiting over
18 weeks have TCIs in December, and one in January 17. The current longest waiter is at 27 weeks. The new Principal Clinical Psychologist
took up post on 20th November and after a week of Trust induction they are now starting their clinical work which will have a positive impact on
service delivery. There are two clinical psychologists off long term sick that are being appropriately managed.
113 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Child Psychology
51
Actions: Due: Owner: Outcome:
In Lancaster CPS, a request for extra capacity in the team will be
discussed with the Care Group Manager. 30-Nov-17
Service
Manager
Delayed – capacity not yet available to
look in-depth at issues.
Continue to manage sickness appropriately. 31-Dec-17 Service
Manager
114 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – CAMHS Tier 3
52
CAMHS Tier 3
Overall service performance increased by 3.9% from 56.9% in M7 to 60.8% in M8 (353 SUs). This equates to 228 out of 581 waiting over
18 weeks for treatment – which represents a 21% decrease from M7. The total number of SUs on the waiting list also decreased in M8
from 671 to 581. Two out of the five team’s performance remains above the target of 92% (West Lancashire and Fylde & Wyre) and three
teams under the target. 86% (197) of SUs waiting over 18 weeks relate to Chorley & South Ribble Team.
Issues affecting service level performance:
Chorley & South Ribble performance increased slightly for the second consecutive month in M8 to 43.2% from 40.2% in M7. There are
currently 197 out of 347 SUs waiting over 18 weeks. 20 SUs have TCI dates in December, of which 12 are waiting over 18 weeks. The
longest wait is currently 44 weeks – a reduction from 52 weeks in M7. The team continues to send validation letters to the longest
waiters in order of referral date and are currently at 33 weeks. This process continues to have a positive impact on the waiting times.
Twelve Initial Assessment appointments are now being offered by the Team each week which will also improve waiting times. There are
still a number of substantive vacancies which are having an impact on the teams’ capacity; interviews for vacancies have been organised
for January 2018.
Preston performance reduced to 80% in M8 from 85.6% in M7. There are currently 23 out of 115 SUs waiting over 18 weeks. 11 SUs
have TCI dates. The longest waiter is 25 weeks. Through SITREP review, the team are being requested to increase capacity of initial
assessments to improve throughput.
Lancaster performance remained the same in M8 at 57.9%. There are currently 8 out over 19 SUs waiting over 18 weeks. 8 SUs have
TCI dates. The longest waiter is 24 weeks. 2 staff currently on long term sickness (1.7 WTE) and there are 2 vacancies (1 x B5 and 1
Psychology 0.4) affecting the teams’ capacity. Sickness is being managed appropriately and posts are being recruited to. The longest
wait at 24 weeks was offered an appointment during December but was unable to attend; a further appointment has been negotiated. All
families next in line for an appointment are being contacted by phone to confirm their need for an appointment remains and to offer a
choice of appointment to encourage attendance.
When performance is expected to meet the target:
The impact of the validation process in Chorley & South Ribble is having a positive effect on the waiting list size, with an overall reduction
from 671 to 581. Over 60 validation responses are still required by the end of M9, and along with the revised appointment booking
procedure now in place in C&SR Team, further improvements should be realised by the end of M10.
115 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – CAMHS Tier 3
53
Actions: Due: Owner: Outcome:
1. HR still supporting the long term sickness absence. 31-Dec-17 Service
Manager Complete.
2. Admin processes are being reviewed in the Referral Assessment
Centre (RAC). Options paper to be drafted regarding future functioning of
the RAC.
23-Oct-17
revised to
30-Nov-17
Service
Manager Complete.
3. 25 validation letters a week to be sent to waiters down to 36 weeks for
CSR. 30-Nov-17
Service
Manager Complete.
4. 12 Initial Appointments each week to be arranged. 30-Nov-17 Performance
Analyst Complete.
5. Waiting list reduction trajectory spreadsheet developed and populated
ready for RAC to use. 30-Nov-17
Performance
Analyst Complete.
6. Vacancies to be recruited to. 31-Jan-18 Service
Manager
116 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Occupancy
54
Occupancy:
In M8, bed occupancy performance at The Cove increased to 90.6% from 78.9% in M7, against the target of 85%. The CAMHS Outreach
Team received 28 referrals at The Cove, and 11 of these referrals resulted in admission, of which one was an emergency admission.
There were 12 discharges from The Cove in November 2017.
Length of stay of discharges during August 2017 was 38.8 days against the national benchmark of 83 days.
Issues affecting performance:
The Cove was open to admissions through November and was running at full capacity. Bed occupancy remains reflective of demand for
beds throughout the North West.
There are no actions for this measure.
117 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – ADHD
55
ADHD:
The proportion of new referrals to the ADHD service waiting under 18 weeks for treatment was 35.1% as at the end of M8, down
marginally from 36.7% last month. This equates to 111 out of 316 new referrals waiting under 18 weeks. In November, there were 44
referrals (new and transition) as opposed to 33 in October; an increase of 30%.
Issue affecting performance:
• Staffing – one NMP has recently joined the service and is now prescribing independently under supervision which has improved
capacity. The service still has one vacant NMP post.
• A review of the administration systems has resulted in improvements in data processes maximising our ability to provide timely,
accurate and appropriate reporting of performance.
• In M7, a presentation was delivered to Mental Health Quality and Performance Group describing lessons learnt from the delivery of
Adult ADHD Service. The presentation included the analysis of New and Transitional referrals, and highlighted strategies to improve
the service offer going forward. CSU advised further discussion would occur between Trust and Commissioners. There is a meeting
planned for 22/12/17.
Actions: Due: Owner: Outcome:
1. A new service model to be developed, focusing on effective gatekeeping
and triage alongside robust efficiency of treatment. 30-Nov-17
Service
Manager
Meeting with
commissioners 22/12/17.
2. Change the referral route process. 30-Nov-17 Service
Manager
Meeting with
commissioners 22/12/17.
3. Validate existing waiting lists. 31-Dec-17 Service
Manager Complete.
4. Set up a virtual neuro-development assessment team. 31-Jan-18 Service
Manager
Meeting with
commissioners 22/12/17.
5. Review all service users who are stable and also open to Adult Mental
Health (AMH) with aim to transfer to AMH. 31-Mar-18
Service
Manager
6. A second NMP has been in post for 3 months and training is still in
process. There will be a gradual improvement to the waiting list following this
preceptorship.
30-Sep-17 Service
Manager Complete.
7. Consider the opportunities to review approach across neuro-
developmental assessment to improve the offer 31-Jan-18
Deputy Head
of Operations
More effective service
provision.
118 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Performance Activity Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – ADHD
56
119 of 255
Performance Management
Patient Flow
Section 2.2
57
120 of 255
Performance Management
2.2 Patient Flow Summary – Patient Flow
58
Indicators achieved Target Type Target Dec-16 Jan-17 Feb-17 Mar-17 Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17Rolling 12 Month
Sparkline
Patient Flow
Average Number of Patients (OAPS) Commissioner 15 27.42 22.48 23.29 23.42 24.27 25.52 25.67 24.23 23.68 26.17 24.58 29.93
OAPS Occupied Bed Days Commissioner 460 850 697 652 726 728 791 770 751 734 785 762 898
LCFT and OAPS Occupancy % (Total Network Performance) Commissioner 85% 100.6% 101.1% 98.2% 96.8% 105.7% 106.1% 106.4% 105.4% 107.4% 107.6% 107.9% 109.6%
Number of LCFT and OAPS Occupied Bed Days (Total Network
Performance)Commissioner 9519 10880 10667 10009 10927 10593 10988 10665 10917 11120 10777 11171 10982
LCFT and OAPS Occupancy % (AMH) 101.0% 102.9% 102.8% 101.2% 108.6% 107.9% 108.0% 107.7% 107.6% 108.9% 108.3% 109.4%
Number of LCFT and OAPS Occupied Bed Days (AMH) 8297 7799 7630 8317 8148 8364 8097 8349 8340 8167 8394 8206
LCFT and OAPS Occupancy % (OA) 99.2% 96.5% 85.8% 85.0% 97.0% 100.8% 101.9% 98.6% 106.8% 103.6% 106.6% 110.2%
Number of LCFT and OAPS Occupied Bed Days (OA) 2583 2868 2379 2610 2445 2624 2568 2568 2780 2610 2777 2776
LCFT only Occupancy % (Total Network Performance) NHSE 85% 96.9% 98.7% 100.1% 98.5% 98.5% 98.5% 98.8% 98.7% 100.3% 101.9% 100.5% 100.6%
Number of LCFT only Occupied Bed Days (Total Network Performance) Stretch 9519 10030 9970 9357 10201 9865 10197 9895 10216 10386 10212 10409 10084
LCFT only Occupancy % (AMH) 96.1% 99.6% 99.9% 99.1% 99.2% 98.3% 99.0% 98.7% 98.9% 99.9% 99.5% 99.2%
Number of LCFT only Occupied Bed Days (AMH) 7447 7102 6990 7679 7437 7622 7426 7648 7665 7492 7715 7441
LCFT only Occupancy % (OA) 99.2% 96.5% 100.6% 96.9% 96.3% 98.9% 98.0% 98.6% 104.5% 107.9% 103.5% 104.9%
Number of LCFT only Occupied Bed Days (OA) 2583 2868 2367 2522 2428 2575 2469 2568 2721 2720 2694 2643
Secure Overall Gross Occupancy NHSE 93% 90.2% 91.8% 93.3% 93.7% 97.2% 95.9% 96.0% 94.2% 91.3% 91.0% 92.4% 91.3%
Average Episode Length of Stay (LOS) (AMH) Bench 31 31.20 29.72 40.23 33.00 34.70 36.10 46.40 47.60 29.60 33.30 38.80 43.90
Average Ward Length of Stay (LOS) (PICU) 45.08 58.50 55.20 37.80 39.90 35.10 38.80 30.10 27.60 38.10 34.00 34.00
Average Episode Length of Stay (LOS) (OA) 144.50 123.56 95.35 115.60 122.30 135.50 97.90 104.50 86.90 95.00 129.80 119.00
Re-Admission Rates - 30 Days (AMH) % NHSE <8.7% 16.7% 7.8% 12.6% 9.5% 15.3% 13.8% 14.8% 11.5% 6.9% 6.7% 8.6% 7.5%
Re-Admission Rates - 30 Days (AMH) Number of patients NHSE 15 36 18 24 22 31 30 30 24 14 13 16 13
Re-Admission Rates - 30 Days (OA) % NHSE <8.7% 4.5% 0.0% 0.0% 3.4% 8.0% 0.0% 4.0% 0.0% 3.7% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%
Re-Admission Rates - 30 Days (OA) Number of patients NHSE 2 1 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
Re-Admission Rates - 90 Days (AMH) % NHSE 15% 25.0% 16.5% 23.0% 19.0% 20.7% 22.6% 22.2% 18.7% 17.3% 12.9% 15.1% 17.9%
Re-Admission Rates - 90 Days (AMH) Number of patients NHSE 26 54 38 44 44 42 49 45 39 35 25 28 31
Re-Admission Rates - 90 Days (OA) % NHSE 15.0% 4.5% 0.0% 0.0% 13.8% 0.0% 10.3% 4.0% 5.3% 7.4% 0.0% 0.0% 4.0%
Re-Admission Rates - 90 Days (OA) Number pf patients NHSE 4 1 0 0 4 - 3 1 1 2 0 0 1
121 of 255
Performance Management
2.2 Patient Flow Out of Area Placements (OAPS)
59
OAPS:
The average number of OAPs increased in November by 5.35 alongside an increase in the OAP OBD in November with a position of
898, an increase of 136 from October.
The overall number of OAPs again remains relatively static against an assumed fall in the trajectory. It is anticipated that the
operationalization of the Integrated Discharge Team in December will begin to reduce the number of 180+ day length of stay patients,
ensuring that they access a more appropriate care environment. There is system-wide acknowledgement that this cohort of patients are
the key factor on flow and reducing the number of out of area placements. The patient cohort have chronic mental health presentations
with slow responses to treatment. Typically, their presentations fall short of the threshold for a secure services bed, but will not be
accepted by independent providers. As reported previously, from the current inpatient cohort, zero 180+ day cases would result in zero
OAPs and LCFT occupancy on acute wards below 100%. The Network will use LCFT beds made available through the Integrated
Discharge Team to repatriate current OAPs, improving care through bringing these patients closer to families and community care
teams.
No actions provided.
122 of 255
Performance Management
2.2 Patient Flow OAPS
60
123 of 255
Performance Management
2.2 Patient Flow OAPS Trajectory
61
124 of 255
Performance Management
2.2 Patient Flow Occupancy – Mental Health
62
Occupancy:
LCFT and OAPs Occupancy position in November decreased from the October position at 102.87%. The occupancy for LCFT beds in
November was 108.27%, thus the requirement for OAP beds.
Actions: Due: Owner: Outcome:
1. MCAP standardisation workshop for defining non-qualified bed days
consistently across Trust Wards Dec-17
Deputy Head
of Operations
2. Integrated Discharge Team to become operational Dec-17 Head of
Operations
125 of 255
Performance Management
2.2 Patient Flow Occupancy – Mental Health Total
63
126 of 255
Performance Management
2.2 Patient Flow Occupancy – Adult Mental Health
64
127 of 255
Performance Management
2.2 Patient Flow Occupancy – Older Adults
65
128 of 255
Performance Management
2.2 Patient Flow Mental Health – Average Length of Stay – PICU
66
Average Ward Length of Stay - PICU:
The Network is reporting an average length of stay of 34 days. This is above the Trust set target of 30 days and is equivalent to
October's position.
The Network has maintained a LOS under 40 days for nine months for PICU, indicating a level of stability. The Joint Advisory Group is
having a positive impact on PICU LOS and the feedback from Care Co-ordinators and the Gateway team is positive about this group.
Average LOS in PICU skewed by use of PICU to provide medium/long-term placement for patients with high dependency needs and no
identified available suitable placement.
No actions provided.
129 of 255
Performance Management
2.2 Patient Flow Mental Health – Average Episode LOS – Adult
67
Average Ward Length of Stay - Adult:
The Network is reporting an average LOS of 43.9 days for November, an increase from October's position. PICU LOS is included within
the Average Network LOS.
No actions provided.
130 of 255
Performance Management
2.2 Patient Flow Mental Health – Average Episode LOS – Older Adult
68
Average Episode Length of Stay – Older Adult:
M8 has seen a decrease in the average length of stay, reporting an average LOS 119 days.
Continued efforts in proactive discharge management across all wards and an additional member to the discharge facilitator team has
added support across the wards, working towards timely discharge .
No actions provided.
131 of 255
Performance Management
2.2 Patient Flow Mental Health – Readmission Rate (90 days)
69
Re-Admission Rate (90 Days):
The Network failed to achieve compliance with the 90 day re-admission rate this month with16.16% for M8. This includes Older Adult
ward data. The underlying position with Adult Wards has declined from M7 with a position of 17.92%. Older Adults had one re-admission
in M8.
32 cases were re-admitted within 90 days. These include the 13 cases re-admitted within 30 days. 19 cases were re-admitted 31-90 days
after discharge.
Actions: Due: Owner: Outcome:
1. Team Leaders to ensure to review in CMHT/CRHTT
Clinical Discussion Meetings.
Nov-17 revised
to Jan-18
Team
Leaders
Target date revised, this process will be
designed within sectorisation process, and
delayed timescale to ensure appropriate process
has been decided on given that the target is
being met currently and so there is no urgent
pressure on this indicator.
2. Re-admission data to be routinely reviewed in Locality
Governance groups.
Nov-17 revised
to Jan-18
Team
Leaders
Target date revised, this process will be
designed within sectorisation process, and
delayed timescale to ensure appropriate process
has been decided on given that the target is
being met currently and so there is no urgent
pressure on this indicator.
132 of 255
Performance Management
2.2 Patient Flow Mental Health – Readmission Rate (90 days)
70
133 of 255
Performance Management
Data Quality
Section 2.3
71
134 of 255
Performance Management
2.3 Data Quality Summary – Data Quality
72
Note: Allocated patients report is back online after re-build. Network re-alignment has meant that some results have changed but does not completely mask a growth in
unallocated cases.
Indicators achieved Target Dec-16 Jan-17 Feb-17 Mar-17 Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 Sparkline
PBR Clustering
Trust PBR Clustering 95% 96.28% 96.75% 96.37% 96.43% 96.45% 96.66% 96.64% 96.44% 95.70% 95.90% 95.00% 95.30%
Mental Health PBR Clustering 95% 96.43% 96.78% 96.37% 96.48% 96.47% 96.63% 96.65% 96.44% 95.70% 95.90% 95.10% 95.40%
Children & Young People's Wellbeing PBR Clustering 95% 93.60% 96.16% 96.31% 95.35% 95.99% 97.17% 96.35% 96.51% 95.10% 95.30% 95.10% 93.90%
Allocated Patients (within 2 weeks)
Trust Allocated Patients 0 454 461 413 443 430 300 228 242 223 - - 708
Mental Health Allocated Patients 0 307 313 255 260 267 255 211 233 203 - - 152
Community Wellbeing Allocated Patients 0 11 12 12 7 15 13 2 7 19 - - 43
Children & Young People's Allocated Patients 0 14 8 18 29 23 5 4 2 2 - - 99
Manual Overrides
Trust NHSI Manual Overrides 0 16 21 11 13 2 2
MR01 NHSI Manual Overrides 0 4 6 8 1 0 2
MR07 NHSI Manual Overrides 0 11 6 3 8 0 0
Other NHSI Manual Overrides 0 1 9 0 4 2 0
135 of 255
Performance Management
2.3 Data Quality Data Quality – PbR Clustering
73
PbR Clustering:
Overall the trust is meeting the PBR target, however the Children and Young People's Network have dipped slightly below the 95%
target. This will be addressed directly by the Network Performance Lead.
136 of 255
Performance Management
2.3 Data Quality Data Quality – Manual Overrides
74
Manual Overrides:
A combination of better recording, checking and reporting has seen manual overrides greatly reduce. Meetings have been diarised
aimed at addressing those that remain.
137 of 255
Performance Management
75
Section 3:- Finance and Contracting
Section 3.1:- Financial Activity
• UoR Risk Rating
• Summary I&E Position
• Summary of Clinical Services
• CIPS
• Capital Expenditure
Section 3.2:- Contract Activity
• Community & Wellbeing – Network Line Totals
• Community & Wellbeing – Service Line Totals
• Community & Wellbeing – Total Activity Split by CCG
• Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
• Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Service Line Totals
• Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Exception Reports by Service
• Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Total Activity Split by CCG
• Mental Health – Total Activity Split by CCG
• Mental Health – Activity Totals
Section 3.3:- Commissioning for Quality & Innovation
• CQUIN Executive Summary
3. Finance and Contracting
138 of 255
Performance Management
Financial Activity
Section 3.1
76
139 of 255
Performance Management
Use of Resources rating (UoR)
The improved I&E position now yields a rating of 3 and a Capital Service rating of 3 improving the overall UoR to a 2 ( 3 at
Month 7). Assuming current pressures and risks are addressed through the recovery plan and I&E performance achieves
(or exceeds) forecast the Trust will achieve a UoR of 2 in line with the plan. However, though forecast would achieve the
overall target rating, Capital Service is based on EBITDA and since part of the Trusts recovery plan is based on disposals
(which are excluded from EBITDA) the Trust is not forecast to achieve planned Capital Service. The Trust is also forecast to
exceed its liquidity and slip against it's planned Agency target.
3.1 Financial Activity Use of Resources (UoR) Risk Rating
77
FINANCE AND USE OF RESOURCES RATING
Plan Actual Plan Forecast
Capital service cover rating 2 3 2 3
Liquidity rating 2 1 2 1
I&E margin rating 2 3 2 2
I&E margin: distance from financial plan 1 3 1 1
Agency rating 1 2 1 2
Overall 2 2 2 2
Year to Date Annual
140 of 255
Performance Management
Sustainability
After adjusting for impairments of £0.2m the adjusted deficit for month 8 is a -£1.9m which excludes year to date planned
Sustainability and Transformation Funding of c£1.1m, against a plan surplus to date of £0.9m. Performance is therefore
£2.9m behind the plan and £1.6m behind the control total (excluding STF). The position continues to be driven by staffing
pressures in ward and prison areas and the slow start to delivery against planned cost improvement programmes. In
addition, expenditure is exceeding funding on OAPs resulting in current and forecast pressures. Performance does however
show an improvement on the Month 7 in month position of £0.5m and an in month surplus over plan of £0.3m.
Unmitigated projections indicate a gap of c£4.6m (£6.8m including STF), which again shows an improvement over the month
7 position (c£0.2m).
Though improvements in performance are evident, continued delivery will require sustained and coordinated responses with
robust management and oversight.
3.1 Financial Activity Summary I&E Position
78
FUNDED WTE BUDGET DETAIL BUDGET ACTUAL £ ANNUAL PROJECTED £
EST. ACTUAL TO DATE TO DATE VARIANCE BUDGET ACTUAL VARIANCE
£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000
Healthcare Income 204,350 203,405 -945 304,889.3 305,459 570
5,728.9 5,639.0 Clinical Services -153,129 -158,666 -5,536 -229,152 -237,571 -8,419
771.0 719.4 Corporate Services -35,076 -35,022 55 -53,404 -52,863 542
Reserves and Capital Charges -15,245 -11,804 3,441 -20,163 -12,981 7,182
6,499.9 6,358.3 899 -2,086 -2,985 2,170 2,045 -125
141 of 255
Performance Management
3.1 Financial Activity Summary of Clinical Services
79
FUNDED WTE BUDGET DETAIL BUDGET ACTUAL £ % ANNUAL PROJECTED £
EST. ACTUAL TO DATE TO DATE VARIANCE VARIANCE BUDGET ACTUAL VARIANCE
£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000
PAY
2,952.7 3,045.5 ADULT PAY 78,066.6 84,125.6 -6,059.0 -7.8 117,650.1 125,991.5 -8,341.4
NON PAY 7,624.8 8,749.2 -1,124.4 -14.7 10,203.9 11,904.4 -1,700.5
PATIENT RELATED INCOME -497.8 -1,001.8 504.1 -101.3 -626.7 -1,202.4 575.8
NON PATIENT RELATED INCOME -1,377.7 -1,526.6 148.9 10.8 -2,066.6 -2,278.8 212.2
2,952.7 3,045.5 TOTAL 83,815.9 90,346.4 -6,530.5 -7.8 125,160.6 134,414.7 -9,254.0
1,618.6 1,527.6 ADULT COMMUNITY PAY 37,175.2 37,841.2 -666.1 -1.8 55,968.2 56,402.8 -434.5
NON PAY 8,221.9 7,909.5 312.4 3.8 12,390.9 12,508.9 -117.9
PATIENT RELATED INCOME -5,939.3 -6,093.3 154.0 -2.6 -9,175.7 -9,451.8 276.1
NON PATIENT RELATED INCOME -1,765.8 -1,740.2 -25.7 -1.5 -2,571.5 -2,549.9 -21.6
1,618.6 1,527.6 TOTAL 37,691.9 37,917.2 -225.3 -0.6 56,612.0 56,910.0 -298.0
1,102.5 1,014.1 CHILDREN AND FAMILY PAY 28,245.3 27,329.6 915.7 3.2 42,164.8 41,306.2 858.6
NON PAY 3,387.0 2,864.7 522.3 15.4 4,830.0 4,336.1 493.9
PATIENT RELATED INCOME -1,321.0 -781.5 -539.5 40.8 -1,696.2 -1,071.8 -624.4
NON PATIENT RELATED INCOME -821.1 -926.1 105.0 12.8 -1,116.4 -1,250.0 133.6
1,102.5 1,014.1 TOTAL 29,490.2 28,486.6 1,003.6 3.4 44,182.2 43,320.6 861.7
55.2 51.7 PHARMACY PAY 1,790.2 1,631.1 159.1 8.9 2,685.3 2,450.3 235.0
NON PAY 341.1 288.1 52.9 15.5 511.6 481.0 30.6
NON PATIENT RELATED INCOME 0.0 -3.7 3.7 No Budget 0.0 -5.6 5.6
55.2 51.7 TOTAL 2,131.3 1,915.5 215.8 10.1 3,196.9 2,925.7 271.2
5,728.9 5,639.0 TOTAL 153,129.3 158,665.7 -5,536.4 -3.6 229,151.8 237,570.9 -8,419.1142 of 255
Performance Management
Cost Improvement Programmes
At £8.5m in month 8 the Trust is c£1.3m behind the plan of £9.8m. The adverse variance is attributable to a lack of
performance on Run Rate Reduction Programmes on staffing pressures. The Trust continues to invest significant time
and effort in managing and developing compensating CIPs and network management are being supported to implement
measures aimed at improving the position.
Currently the Trust anticipates it will achieve its annual target of £15.1m.
Note a number of schemes are still being transacted and that mapping of individual schemes to projects and programmes is still
being finalised.
3.1 Financial Activity CIPs
80
Plan Actual Variance Plan Forecast Variance
£'m £'m £'m £'m £'m £'m
Cost Improvement Programmes 7.10 7.71 0.61 11.10 13.10 2.00
Run Rate Reduction Programmes 2.67 0.80 -1.87 4.00 2.00 -2.00
Total 9.77 8.51 -1.26 15.10 15.10 0.00
Year to Date Annual
143 of 255
Performance Management
Capital Expenditure
Progress against the capital programme has been slow to date with expenditure at £2.1m against the original profile of
£6.6m. With the resolution of a number of issues the Trust is working with contractors to minimise the impact of delays on
the programme though the initial work indicates some slippage on 2017/18 Inpatient and Perinatal scheme expenditure is
now inevitable. Draft forecasts suggest significant slippage on 2017/18 expenditure of 6-8 weeks on Inpatients and x weeks
on Perinatal and though the Trust is working with contractors to ensure both schemes go live on time delays would now
appear likely on Perinatal (c1-3 weeks subject to further discussions with the contractors). Though the programme is behind,
outturns for the remainder of the capital programme are currently expected to be managed in line with overall plan and
funding.
3.1 Financial Activity Capital Expenditure
81
YTD Plan YTD Act Annual Forecast
Nov 2017 Nov 2017 Variance Plan Out-turn Variance
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
IT Schemes 1.015 0.591 -0.424 1.900 1.900 0.000
Estate and infrastructure Schemes
Large Schemes
MH Inpatient Schemes 3.194 0.537 -2.657 4.580 4.300 -0.280
Perinatal 0.000 0.138 0.138 0.000 2.270 2.270
Places of Safety 0.000 0.138 0.138 0.000 0.138 0.138
High Priority Schemes 0.697 0.147 -0.550 1.263 1.260 -0.003
Maintenance and Replacement 0.620 0.310 -0.310 0.930 0.956 0.026
Other (inc. contingency) 0.463 0.247 -0.216 0.918 0.947 0.029
Total 5.989 2.108 -3.881 9.591 11.771 2.180
144 of 255
Performance Management
Contract Activity
Section 2.2
82
145 of 255
Performance Management
83
2017-18 M8 Activity
Following the submission of 3 months variances and trajectories, LCFT have met with Midlands and Lancashire CSU to discuss the quality of the
exception reports being provided as there are concerns that in certain cases LCFT are not providing trajectories that will bring services back to within a
-10% variance.
LCFT Performance have explained that the trust is not prepared to provide unrealistic trajectories and this approach has been agreed by Midlands and
Lancashire CSU and therefore when LCFT feel that a -10% variance is unachievable they will invite the Commissioners to discuss the issues faced by
the service with a view to setting an action plan to improve activity over the remainder of the year.
LCFT have 12 services overperforming by +10% and 14 underperforming by -10%. However, this over and underperformance means that the overall
variance for the Community contract is 0.0% as shown above.
Concerns have been raised by the Midlands and Lancashire CSU that a resolution has not been sought for the Central Lancashire Paediatric Liaison
services to have sight of all the children that are triaged by the ‘Go to Doctor’ service and subsequently deflected away from A&E. This is due to an
outstanding information sharing agreement which LCFT are working to put in place with both the GTD Service and the CSU.
The CWB Network is 2.1% ahead of targeted activity contacts YTD. There are two areas of concern; the first being BwD Treatment Rooms and the
second being Community Matrons who are supporting the CHESS Service in Central Lancashire, both of which have plans in place for redesign to
address service needs.
A number of services have submitted exception reports this month which include recovery trajectories were applicable. All have action plans in place to
recover their monthly position. For those service lines that will not be in a position to make up their negative variance by year end, discussions will
need to take place with the Commissioners.
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing - Network Line Totals
Network17-18 Monthly
PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18
Community & Wellbeing Total 91,093 90,069 94,927 98,778 90,684 91,640 90,102 95,739 96,699 748,638 15,481 2.1% 733,157
Children and Young People's
Wellbeing Total 10,898 6,830 9,676 8,101 7,920 7,188 8,855 9,549 9,568 67,687 -15,216 -18.4% 82,903
Trust Total Against Plan 101,991 96,899 104,603 106,879 98,604 98,828 98,957 105,288 106,267 816,325 265 0.0% 816,060
146 of 255
Performance Management
84
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing - Service Line Totals
Service17-18
Monthly PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18
Adult Learning Disability Service Total 2,554 1,646 2,345 2,312 2,017 2,080 1,985 2,028 2,482 16,895 -1,708 -9.2% 18,603
Adult Speech and Language Therapy Total 256 349 298 375 415 368 311 352 390 2,858 809 39.5% 2,049
CHESS Total 389 307 427 300 96 213 133 246 153 1,875 -875 -31.8% 2,750
Children's Learning Disability Service Total 1,319 1,235 1,660 1,655 1,363 1,214 1,585 1,594 1,651 11,957 2,348 24.4% 9,609
Community IV Service BwD Total 201 84 97 66 118 92 62 145 177 841 -1,131 -57.4% 1,972
Community Matrons Total 1,548 1,264 1,199 1,293 1,236 1,093 879 868 543 8,375 -3,489 -29.4% 11,864
Community Neuro Team Total 1,090 1,067 1,245 1,254 1,246 1,260 1,123 1,081 1,406 9,682 1,161 13.6% 8,521
Community Respiratory Service Total 1,836 1,968 2,074 1,933 1,918 2,110 1,798 2,267 2,280 16,348 2,834 21.0% 13,514
Community Stroke Service Total 469 339 359 382 431 467 399 558 510 3,445 -532 -13.4% 3,977
Complex Case Management Total 465 413 395 385 321 294 543 641 588 3,580 97 2.8% 3,483
Continence Service Total 352 227 304 223 234 287 290 272 300 2,137 -252 -10.5% 2,389
Dermatology Service Total 477 455 489 400 333 433 276 423 388 3,197 -361 -10.1% 3,558
DESMOND Total 81 65 78 64 75 68 94 124 73 641 25 4.1% 616
Diabetes Specialist Nursing Total 1,183 847 956 974 1,038 1,152 1,081 1,200 1,135 8,383 -818 -8.9% 9,201
District Nursing Total 37,766 40,895 40,999 39,943 37,898 38,888 37,705 39,928 39,278 315,534 11,181 3.7% 304,353
Domiciliary Physiotherapy Total 557 701 610 708 704 784 800 920 1,087 6,314 2,775 78.4% 3,539
Falls Team Total 418 425 658 656 685 667 727 810 585 5,213 2,219 74.1% 2,994
Heart Failure Service Total 544 147 249 261 213 220 251 276 276 1,893 -1,985 -51.2% 3,878
Intermediate Care Total 3,896 2,804 3,168 3,223 2,779 2,747 2,900 2,822 2,420 22,863 -7,072 -23.6% 29,935
Nutrition & Dietetics Total 259 269 262 251 289 211 265 353 375 2,275 355 18.5% 1,920
Oxygen Service Total 332 237 269 313 445 371 333 291 300 2,559 -3 -0.1% 2,562
Phlebotomy Total 15,809 16,855 16,160 22,004 17,610 16,671 17,630 18,013 20,596 145,539 16,328 12.6% 129,211
Podiatry Total 4,884 4,396 5,455 5,071 5,009 5,083 4,848 5,059 5,087 40,008 -963 -2.4% 40,971
Pulmonary Rehabilitation Total 547 441 598 680 618 790 597 631 585 4,940 937 23.4% 4,003
Rapid Assessment Team Total 1,637 1,527 1,735 1,659 1,730 1,700 1,479 1,504 1,365 12,699 511 4.2% 12,188
Rheumatology Total 1,560 1,306 1,587 1,729 1,440 1,684 1,641 1,757 1,855 12,999 1,468 12.7% 11,531
Specialist Nurse TB Total 303 618 381 525 471 481 533 428 451 3,888 831 27.2% 3,057
Tissue Viability Service Total 252 228 247 267 296 297 247 282 214 2,078 -301 -12.7% 2,379
Treatment Room Total 10,055 8,862 10,500 9,768 9,574 9,895 9,446 10,789 10,138 78,972 -9,096 -10.3% 88,068
Viral Hepatitis Service Total 54 92 123 104 82 20 141 77 11 650 188 40.7% 462
Community & Wellbeing Total 91,093 90,069 94,927 98,778 90,684 91,640 90,102 95,739 96,699 748,638 15,481 2.1% 733,157
Please note that the 2016-17 Community Baselines have been produced incorporating seasonal variations for each individual Service where appropriate and so unlike last year the
monthly plans are not determined by dividing the Annual plan by 12. 147 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Total Activity split by CCG
Community & Wellbeing - Total Activity split by CCG17-18
Monthly PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance
(%)
Planned
YTD 17-18
Central Lancs Locality Total 15,809 16,855 16,160 22,004 17,610 16,671 17,630 18,013 20,596 145,539 16,328 12.6% 129,211
NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG Total 23,322 21,957 24,654 23,309 23,422 23,699 22,170 24,453 23,506 187,170 -3,926 -2.1% 191,096
NHS Blackpool CCG Total 56 150 120 142 97 108 139 72 89 917 354 62.9% 563
NHS Chorley and South Ribble CCG Total 23,169 26,116 26,299 26,278 24,088 25,577 24,647 25,514 25,625 204,144 19,609 10.6% 184,535
NHS East Lancashire CCG Total 858 649 948 772 668 647 887 815 998 6,384 137 2.2% 6,247
NHS Fylde & Wyre CCG Total 489 322 330 478 391 430 464 588 526 3,529 -126 -3.4% 3,655
NHS Greater Preston CCG Total 26,556 23,281 25,375 24,630 23,500 23,637 23,388 25,429 24,600 193,840 -17,802 -8.4% 211,642
NHS Morecambe Bay CCG Total 429 341 486 584 456 396 373 432 421 3,489 265 8.2% 3,224
NHS West Lancashire CCG Total 405 398 555 581 452 475 404 423 338 3,626 642 21.5% 2,984
Community & Wellbeing Totals 91,093 90,069 94,927 98,778 90,684 91,640 90,102 95,739 96,699 748,638 15,481 2.1% 733,157
148 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
Community & Wellbeing Planned Contract Activity M7
The Community & Wellbeing Network has provided the following explanations as to why certain services are underperforming by more than 10% against the baseline.
Commissioner: NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting:-
Adult Learning Disability Service 55%-
The ongoing deep dive into the service data has continued to increase data capture and therefore led to an increase in activity in M8. There continues to be staffing
pressures in M8 with Long term sickness for the clinical psychologist and a number of short term sickness absences throughout the month.
Current position and issues: The current position has been improving however the impact of Transforming Care agenda on contacts with clinicians attending the
required CPA and CTR meetings has been identified as having a significant impact on activity as these have equated to 10 days alone in M8.
Recovery Action Plan: Recording issues will continue to be addressed and work continues on the identified gaps. M11 will see the service roll out their group sessions
on Managing Health and Emotional Regulation topics with the aim of providing an early intervention. This will have a more positive impact on activity levels.
Trajectory:
Dec: 350 contacts
Jan: 350 + 10% groups = 385
Feb : 350 + 10% from groups = 385
March: 350 + 10% from groups = 385
Activity has increased by 40% in M8 however is still well under the monthly plan. Continuing at this increased level for the remainder of this financial year would have a
more positive impact on our baseline figures although at this position in the year, achieving the above proposed monthly trajectory will improve the current position by a
further 14%.
Forecast: Increased focus on accurate data recording along with the change in the delivery of services through increasing the numbers of group sessions will help to
support our proposed trajectory.
Service17-18
Monthly PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18
Adult Learning Disability Service 473 135 189 178 160 143 178 240 342 1,565 -1,881 -55% 3,446
Children's Learning Disability Service 95 106 121 179 109 140 144 124 141 1,064 370 53% 694
Community IV Service BwD Total 201 84 97 66 118 92 62 145 177 841 -1,131 -57% 1,972
Community Respiratory Service 498 644 596 578 570 621 566 670 663 4,908 693 16% 4,215
Community Stroke Service 469 339 359 382 431 467 399 558 510 3,445 -532 -13% 3,977
DESMOND (Completed Courses) 32 28 25 6 19 11 35 42 30 196 -42 -18% 238
Diabetes Specialist Nursing 492 274 387 265 305 429 414 362 380 2,816 -1,013 -26% 3,829
District Nursing 7,908 8,822 9,327 8,991 9,193 8,795 8,197 9,036 8,972 71,333 7,611 12% 63,722
Intermediate Care ACS 1,120 866 1,066 1,068 970 1,002 946 957 777 7,652 -961 -11% 8,613
Pulmonary Rehabilitation 547 441 598 680 618 790 597 631 585 4,940 937 23% 4,003
Tissue Viability Service 79 105 119 111 121 97 92 126 94 865 132 18% 733
Treatment Room - Non-Serious Injury 98 141 195 189 184 144 166 169 134 1,322 281 27% 1,041
Treatment Room Total 6,419 5,590 6,359 5,721 5,659 6,008 5,686 6,405 6,097 47,525 -8,755 -16% 56,280
Treatment Room - Ulcer & Vascular 168 164 260 330 270 272 195 200 192 1,883 575 44% 1,308
149 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
Commissioner: NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting:-
Community IV Service BwD 57%-
Current position and issues:
In M8 the IV team has the highest number of contacts this financial year. The team continue to work closely with East Lancashire Teaching Hospitals to ensure step down
referrals are captured. The IV team currently has capacity to accept new referrals and support the acute hospitals during the winter pressures.
In M8 there was a staff member on short term sickness which has had an impact upon our on-going promotions. However the service is now back up to full establishment
in M8.
The service continues to support the nursing element of IHSS to ensure all service needs and demands are delivered in a timely way to provide acute responses.
Recovery action plan:
We will continue to promote the IV service in ELHT and other acute sites and liaise with the OPAT nurse at ELHT daily regarding potential patients to try and increase
acute step down referrals into the service.
Trajectory:
From October 1st 2017 the service stopped accepting step up referrals from primary Care so this will have a further impact on referrals to the service.
Forecast:
The IV service continues to work with stakeholder colleagues to promote and identify patients for Community IV therapy. We plan to meet with commissioners in M9 to
discuss future IV work and how we can develop the service. Consider if this service forms part of the task and finish group, meeting planned with the CCG on Monday 18th
December to discuss plans for proposed trajectories.
Community Stroke Service 13%-
Current position and issues:
The teams monthly plan was to achieve 469 contacts. For M8 this target was exceeded however previous months positions left us with a 13.4% negative variance. This
has been due to a number of factors. Long term sickness has impacted on our capacity for a number of months but we have also had some short term sickness in M8.
We expect these staff to return to work in M9.
Recovery action plan:
The recovery trajectory has been set at plan plus 10% so with staff returning to work in M9 we expect that will end on a negative variance of -5% although this will be with
our 10% tolerance range at year end.
Forecast:
As part of the recovery action plan we have examined the way contacts have been recorded on ECR. We have identified that there are inconsistencies in the way that the
team records their weekly multidisciplinary team discussions.
We will continue to build on our working relationships and promoting the service within the acute trust to facilitate timely discharges. 150 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
Commissioner: NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting continued:
DESMOND (Completed Courses) 18%-
Current position and issues:
M8 is showing a total of 30 attendances which was close to the monthly plan although not enough to recover our position in M8. There still remains a deficit of 17.6%
against the plan. This however is an improvement on the previous months position by 1.8%.
The service continues to experience long term sickness, although the staff member was originally due to return in M9 is now not due to return until at least M11. Long
term sickness throughout 17/18 has reduced the amount of courses the service has been able to offer.
Recovery action plan:
The team contacts all Desmond referrals by phone to give more detail of the value of the course and to book patients in.
Increase the number of people trained in Desmond to be able to cover for staff sickness. We have identified people to could be part of a DESMOND bank for Pennine
Lancashire. This will not provide immediate improvement but will future proof the service to ensure courses can take place.
Forecast:
There are 2 courses planned for Month 9 which should maintain our recovery trajectory which we have set at 10% above monthly plans and if achieved will leave us in a
year end position of around -7% which is within 10% tolerance.
Diabetes Specialist Nursing 26%-
Current position and issues:
The monthly plan was 492 contacts and the team achieved only 380 in M8 leaving us with a variance of -26.5%. Due to unplanned levels of sickness within our Diabetes
Education Programme (DESMOND) Diabetes Specialist Nurses supported the education courses so that patients did not have to be cancelled. This however has had a
negative impact on our own Diabetes Baseline figures.
Recovery action plan:
By identifying staff that will be able to cover the DESMOND Courses will allow the DSN trained staff to return to work within Diabetes Services.
Forecast:
The trajectory was set in M6 which aimed for a recovery back to within -5% tolerance, however an additional vacancy from the end of M8 is likely to further impact on our
activity levels. It is unlikely that the service will be fully recruited to before M11 and this will further impact on activity with a projected end of year variance of -22%.
We plan to meet with commissioners in M9 to discuss our recovery trajectory. Consider if this service forms part of the task and finish group, meeting planned with the
CCG on Monday 18th December to discuss plans for proposed trajectories.
151 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
Commissioner: NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting continued:
Intermediate Care 11%-
Current position and issues:
The community rehabilitation team have been supporting the RAT team who are experiencing high levels of long term sickness. This is to ensure the acute trust are able
to refer early supported discharges and the patients are seen within a timely manner to help prevent hospital admissions.
Treatment Room 16%-
Current position and issues:
We are currently below our planned activity in treatment rooms . In previous months we have had vacancies, but all posts are now recruited to. In addition we have
experienced long term sickness within the team which is being managed in line with policy.
Recovery action plan:
Set up weekly task and finish group to consider service delivery, access and waiting times. This has identified a number of issues. A project plan has been developed
which has been shared across both organisations, this includes:-
* Venepuncture - transition to drop in clinics.
* Review of clinic utilisation across all sites
* Deep dive into DNA's and cancellations
* Communications with all stakeholders
* Consideration of best practice in other localities
* Consideration of patients who attend Non Serious injury, Ulcer and vascular Clinic and visited by the District Nursing Services who's care could be more appropriately
provided in treatment rooms
Trajectory:
On Monday 18th Dec we are meeting with the CCG to discuss recovery trajectories in line with our recovery action plan.
Forecast:
We anticipate that movement to walk-in venepuncture clinics in M11 will reduce DNA' s and maximise clinic capacity.
152 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
Commissioner: NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG
Over Performance Exception Reporting:-
Children's Learning Disability Service 53%+
Current position and issues:
The increased numbers of Group sessions contribute to this over performance in BwD
Community Respiratory Service 16%+
Current position and issues:
We continue to see high referral numbers which is expected during the months of winter pressures. The team are continuing to meet the service demands
District Nursing 12%+
Current position and issues:
The team continue to meet the need and demands of the service which is reflected in increased activity levels, leaving us at a YTD positive variance of 12%
We are currently reviewing district nursing caseloads to see if there are patients that could be seen in the treatment rooms
Pulmonary Rehabilitation 23%+
Current position and issues:
The current position in maintaining activity over plan is due to the numbers of patients attending and successfully completing their course. This is due to intensive work
contacting patients, building relationships within the service/stakeholders which has resulted in more patients completing a six week course.
Tissue Viability Service 18%+
Current position and issues:
The service have seen an increasing number of referrals from district nursing services for patients with more complex presentations. This has led to an increase in activity
levels over the past year which has left us in a YTD positive variance of 18% above the agreed baseline.
Treatment Room – Non-Serious Injury 27%+
Current position and issues:
Full exception report has been submitted which covers the treatment room total for BwD.
Treatment Room – Ulcer & Vascular 44%+
Current position and issues:
Full exception report has been submitted which covers the treatment room total for BwD.
153 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
Commissioner: NHS Blackpool CCG
Over Performance Exception Reporting:-
Specialist Nurse TB 63%+
Current position and issues:
Increased numbers of referrals over several months has contributed to a positive in month variance against plan
Commissioner: Central Lancs Locality
Under Performance Exception Reporting:-
Community Matrons 29%-
Current position and issues:
Referrals into the matron service have decreased over the last three months which has impacted on activity linked to new face to face contacts and associated reviews.
A reduction in WTE linked to vacancy, sickness and implementation of the action plan to support the CHESS service has also impacted on matron activity.
All patients referred have been seen and care plans formulated. New care pathways are being developed between matrons and specialist teams to ensure seamless care
across pathways are in place and to ensure capacity to manage new referrals. This has seen a reduction in follow up activity for matrons during November as, moving
forwards, suitable patients are managed along specialist pathways.
The team has recently had an increase in turnover due to retirements, staff leaving for posts nearer home and also leaving for more lucrative contracts with local providers.
This will continue to impact on the ability of the team to meet its activity targets.
A sustainability model has been developed in discussion with the CCG and recruitment to vacancies for matrons and case managers is now in place but it is unlikely that we
will see full recruitment to posts until March 2018.
Service17-18
Monthly PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18Specialist Nurse TB 56 150 120 142 97 108 139 72 89 828 321 63% 507
Service17-18
Monthly PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18
Adult Speech and Language Therapy Total 256 349 298 375 415 368 311 352 390 2,858 809 39% 2,049
Community Matrons Total 1,548 1,264 1,199 1,293 1,236 1,093 879 868 543 8,375 -3,489 -29% 11,864
Community Neuro Team Total 1,090 1,067 1,245 1,254 1,246 1,260 1,123 1,081 1,406 9,682 1,161 14% 8,521
Community Respiratory Service Total 1,338 1,324 1,478 1,355 1,348 1,489 1,232 1,597 1,617 11,440 2,141 23% 9,299
Continence Service Total 352 227 304 223 234 287 290 272 300 2,137 -252 -11% 2,389
DESMOND (Completed Courses) Total 49 37 53 58 56 57 59 82 43 445 67 18% 378
Domicillary Physiotherapy Total 557 701 610 708 704 784 800 920 1,087 6,314 2,775 78% 3,539
Falls Team Total 418 425 658 656 685 667 727 810 585 5,213 2,219 74% 2,994
Intermediate Care ACS Total 2,776 1,938 2,102 2,155 1,809 1,745 1,954 1,865 1,643 15,211 -6,111 -29% 21,322
Nutrition & Dietetics Total 259 269 262 251 289 211 265 353 375 2,275 355 18% 1,920
Phlebotomy 15,809 16,855 16,160 22,004 17,610 16,671 17,630 18,013 20,596 145,539 16,328 13% 129,211
Tissue Viability Service Total 90 49 50 48 53 57 53 50 27 387 -443 -53% 830
154 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
Commissioner: Central Lancs Locality
Under Performance Exception Reporting continued:-
Community Matrons – Continued:-
Forecast
Based on the forecasted recruitment timescales, it is unlikely that the service will recover its position by end Q4. It is estimated that it is unlikely that the service will be fully
recruited to before January and this will further impact on activity with a projected negative variance of approx -40%.
Continence 11%-
Current position and issues:
Activity has increased in M8 following a phased return. However this sickness has impacted on activity in previous months leading to the under performance negative
variance of -11%
Intermediate Care ACS 29%-
Current position and issues:
Activity in Intermediate Care needs to be taken in the context of Falls and Community Therapies. These are collectively above baseline and delivered as one overall
service specification. Taking account of the overall activity of the combined Community Therapy teams the overall position is of over-performance.
New Discharge to assess pathways for Broadfield and Meadowfield has increased number of patients not requiring rehab within the units and this will have negatively
impacted on activity.
Recovery Action Plan
Staff are flexed across all areas within the Integrated Rehabilitation Team to respond according to clinical demand. Performance of the combined team shows well above
activity taking into account the Intermediate Care, Domiciliary Physio and Falls data. It is proposed that a combined report is created to address this issue.
Trajectory
As new starters begin in post across December and January it is envisaged that this will increase monthly actual figures although the Discharge to Assess pathway
continues to negate rehab need as patients discharged into longer term care. Will mean overall Intermediate Care activity unlikely to return to levels seen in May or June
Forecast
YTD variance (when looking at Intermediate Care and not wider Therapy context) will be approximately -30%. This needs to be taken in context across all therapy
services.
155 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
Commissioner: Central Lancs Locality
Under Performance Exception Reporting Continued:-
Tissue Viability Service 53%-
Current position and issues:
During M8 the team had planned annual leave and then some unplanned long term sickness which has further impacted on our activity levels which has left us in a
negative variance of 53%. We have attempted to recruit extra staff but due to the nature of this teams work and the small number of existing staff we have been
unable to recruit. We will continue to attempt to recruit to this post. After delving into the data further it has appeared that the team stopped recording any non face to
face activity with patients in Q3 -Q4 15-16 which has impacted on our activity levels with approximately a 50% drop in contacts. We are still experiencing some sickness
but plans are in place to ensure visits are covered.
Recovery Action Plan
Discussions have taken place with the team to ensure they record all their activity including their non face to face activity with patients.
Baselines will be monitored weekly.
Trajectory
We have set a recovery trajectory of baseline plus 1% which should leave us at a year end position of around negative 30% YTD variance.
Forecast
If recording takes place as anticipated for the non face to face contacts from M9/10 onwards including some historical recording on to the electronic system although we
wont end year end within the 10% tolerance we will be in a more positive position at the year end and into the new financial year.
Over Performance Exception Reporting :-
Adult Speech and Language Therapy 39%+
Current position and issues:
The service have increased their use of non face to face reviews to work more efficiently which continues to have a positive impact on activity levels. There has also
been a significant increase in referrals over the last 2 quarters of the year. New staff have commenced employment and have full caseloads.
Community Neuro Team 14%+
Current position and issues:
Additional temporary staffing commenced in M7 which will have had a positive impact on our activity levels.
Community Respiratory Service 23%+
Current position and issues:
The number of in month referrals remains high, this combined with increased acuity of caseload has contributed to increased activity in month and YTD positive
variance. 156 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
Commissioner: Central Lancs Locality
Over Performance Exception Reporting :-
DESMOND (Completed Courses) 18%+
Current position and issues:
The service currently has an action plan in place to increase uptake of diabetes structured education. This is continuing to deliver improvements in attendance and
contributing to a positive in month and YTD positive variance.
Domiciliary Physiotherapy 78%+
Current position and issues:
Domiciliary Physiotherapy over-performance needs to be taken in conjunction with all other community therapy activity (as part of one combined service specification
for Central Lancs Community Rehabilitation Team). This combines Domiciliary Physiotherapy, Intermediate Care and Falls Team data and the exception narrative
provided on line 47 also applies here. Whilst Intermediate Care is showing an underperformance, collectively the rehabilitation team is overperforming. Note, Falls data
does not include that of Steady On which is reported separately to LCC.
Falls Team 74%+
Current position and issues:
Falls over-performance needs to be taken in conjunction with all other community therapy activity (as part of one combined service specification for Central Lancs
Community Rehabilitation Team). This combines Domiciliary Physiotherapy, Intermediate Care and Falls Team data and the exception narrative provided on line 47
also applies here. Whilst Intermediate Care is showing an underperformance, collectively the rehabilitation team is overperforming. Note, Falls data does not include
that of Steady On which is reported separately to LCC.
Nutrition & Dietetics 18%+
Current position and issues:
A high demand for the service combined with increasing numbers of patients requiring ongoing follow up reviews continues to place the service under pressure and
contributes to higher than planned activity.
Phlebotomy 13%+
Current position and issues:
The service flexes staff across localities to meet demand. The number of diagnostic blood test requests are increasing across both localities. The number of outpatients
attending community clinics for their blood test remains high and is also contributing to the positive variance. This needs to be taken in the context of the fact that most
clinics are dropping and we will be unable to manage the increased demand on the service.
157 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
Commissioner: NHS Chorley & South Ribble CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting:-
CHESS 13%-
Current position and issues:
The number of referrals into the service has decreased quarter on quarter which has had a negative impact on our activity levels.
Over Performance Exception Reporting:-
Children's Learning Disability Service 50%+
Current position and issues:
The team run a high number of groups for parents named 'Riding the Rapids' and 'Incredible Years' which contribute to the over activity. They also receive a large number
of referrals for ASD children which has increased activity this year as they have a commissioned a project for pre-school children which started in M6 and ends in M12 so
activity is expected to remain higher than the planned baseline.
Diabetes Specialist Nursing 16%+
Current position and issues:
The service in reach onto LTH wards, the activity associated with this is unpredictable and therefore may have contributed to the in month and YTD positive variance.
Rheumatology 17%+
Current position and issues:
Increasing numbers of referrals is contributing to increased activity and both positive in month and YTD variance against plan.
Specialist Nurse TB 52%+
Current position and issues:
Increased numbers of referrals over several months has contributed to a positive in month variance against plan.
Service17-18
Monthly PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18
CHESS 144 156 205 107 33 143 77 96 69 886 -133 -13% 1,019
Children's Learning Disability Service 301 351 504 462 408 273 421 391 483 3,293 1,104 50% 2,189
Diabetes Specialist Nursing 168 167 161 182 185 197 170 238 209 1,509 203 16% 1,306
Rheumatology 638 579 677 745 631 695 703 719 770 5,519 805 17% 4,714
Specialist Nurse TB 21 35 6 0 39 5 93 62 76 316 108 52% 208
158 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
Commissioner: NHS East Lancashire CCG
Over Performance Exception Reporting:-
Children's Learning Disabilities Service 52%+
Current position and issues:
The team run a high number of groups for parents 'Riding the Rapids' and 'Incredible Years' which contribute to the over activity.
Commissioner: NHS Fylde and Wyre CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting:-
Adult Learning Disability Service 14%-
Exception Narrative: The ongoing work regarding data capture has identified errors with under reporting which has been addressed. Analysing clinical time has
identified the amount of meeting time increasing as clinicians Transforming Care caseloads expand. This time will be monitored to assess how it can be mitigated in
future months. Clinicians have been consolidating caseloads & completing caseload closure reports which has impacted on clinical time of which has not been
recorded against patient activity.
Current position and issues: The current position has been improving month on month since an initial slow start to the year. The impact of the Transforming Care
agenda has required clinicians to attend ongoing CPA and CTR meetings. This has had a significant impact on activity levels as these meetings equated to 9 days
alone in M8. Those patients placed out of area continue to be a challenge for the service which has significantly impacted on activity levels due to increased travel time
and patient allocations.
Recovery Action Plan: Recording issues will continue to be addressed and work continues on the identified areas. In M11 the team are intending to run at least 2
groups per month on Staying Well, Improving Communication and Emotional Regulation topics. The aim is to provide an early intervention to prevent any deterioration
in mental and/or physical health and prevent admissions. This will support the monthly recovery plan by increasing activity by approximately 70 contacts per month
whilst delivering services to those who may not receive an intervention until their situation has deteriorated.
Service17-18
Monthly PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18
Adult Learning Disability Service 339 168 184 268 210 284 268 417 322 2,121 -352 -14% 2,473
Specialist Nurse TB 32 59 29 83 69 55 101 69 113 578 257 80% 321
Service17-18
Monthly PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18
Children's Learning Disability Service 268 200 281 280 179 208 349 362 356 2,215 108 52% 1,951
159 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
Commissioner: NHS Fylde and Wyre CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting Continued:-
Adult Learning Disabilities Service:
Trajectory: A recovery trajectory would require monthly contacts of 457 which is unlikely taking into consideration the current achieved monthly figures. The monthly
recovery plan will provide a year end negative out turn to be within the 10% tolerance.
Forecast: Activity increased in M7 but was not maintained in M8, although this was still higher than previous months in year. The increase in activity can be attributed
to more accurate recording on the clinical system and along with the change in delivery of services through increasing the numbers of group sessions will help to
support our proposed recovery trajectory.
Over Performance Exception Reporting:
Specialist Nurse TB 80%+
Current position and issues:
Increased numbers of referrals over several months has contributed to a positive in month variance against plan.
160 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
Commissioner: NHS Greater Preston CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting:-
CHESS 43%-
Current Position and Issues
The CHESS service has recently been experiencing reduced numbers of referrals in Greater Preston locality. This coupled with additional annual leave for M8 has
impacted on activity for new and follow ups. This needs to be considered within the context that this small niche service which operates across the Central Lancashire
locality was significantly understaffed earlier in the year and activity was impacted in Q2.
Actions
Staffing has been bolstered by flexing community matron staff with the necessary knowledge and skills to support the two care homes and to provide further support from
the wider teams in respect of care home work plans.
A sustainability model has been developed in discussion with the CCG and recruitment to vacancies is now in place but it is unlikely that we will see full recruitment to
posts until March 2018 which will continue to impact activity into Q4.
Forecast
Based on the forecasted recruitment timescales it is unlikely that the service will recover its position by end Q4- estimated that It is unlikely that the service will be fully
recruited to before January and this will further impact on activity with a projected negative variance of approx. -37 % . However this needs to be considered in the
context that the team also works across CSRCCG and overall there should be a reduced combined – variance.
Service17-18
Monthly PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18
Adult Learning Disability Service 262 185 298 351 381 430 292 206 278 2,421 510 27% 1,911
CHESS 245 151 222 193 63 70 56 150 84 989 -742 -43% 1,731
Children's Learning Disability Service 266 232 271 275 242 246 327 317 314 2,224 285 15% 1,939
Heart Failure Service 272 133 228 233 192 201 226 235 241 1,689 -250 -13% 1,939
Viral Hepatitis Service 33 70 96 91 62 14 34 37 11 415 138 50% 277
161 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
Commissioner: NHS Greater Preston CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting:-
Heart Failure Service -13%-
Current Position and Issues
Unfilled vacancy in month 1 followed by period of induction of new member of staff from May to July together with summer holiday period has contributed to the overall
YTD negative variance. Staffing of clinics in CDGH from October to support heart failure expansion into CSR has further contributed to a negative variance. There is
currently a new vacancy in the team which will continue to impact on the service activity overall until filled. Since the service expansion into CSR the teams work across
both localities and flexes staff across both CSR and GP.
Recovery Action Plan
A gradual increase in monthly activity is delivering a positive shift in negative variance against plan. Staff will continue to try and meet demand despite recent vacancy.
Recruitment to this vacancy is likely to be in the new year.
Trajectory
It is likely the service will have a monthly actual for December of approx. -10% against monthly plan due to holidays. In January and February we are likely to deliver
approx +6% above monthly plan. Early Easter holidays are likely to impact on activity in March with the service achieving expected monthly planned activity.
Forecast
This is likely to deliver an end of YTD variance of approx -9%
Over Performance Exception Reporting:-
Adult Learning Disability Service 27%+
Current position and issues:
The team have started carrying out joint assessment appointments between different disciplines to assess the needs of the patient at the point of referral with a view to
improving outcomes. This has resulted in an increase in activity. We also have a trainee psychologist commence in M8 who now has a caseload.
Children’s Learning Disabilities 15%+
Current position and issues:
The team deliver a large number of groups and have a number of children on the Dynamic Risk Register requiring intensive input which increases the numbers of
contacts for the service.
Viral Hepatitis Service 50%+
Current position and issues:
Increases in group activity continues to contribute to a positive in month variance. 162 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
Commissioner: NHS Morecambe Bay CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting:-
Adult Learning Disability Service 16%-
Current position and issues:
There has been a nurse and AHP vacancy in the team for the past 2 months however a nurse has now been appointed and will start in M9. The AHP post remains vacant.
There has also been a significant number of absences due to long term sickness but the majority of these staff are due to return this month.
Over Performance Exception Reporting:-
Children’s Learning Disability Service 220%+
Current position and issues:
Additional activity for Tranche 1 & 2 has impacted on our baseline activity figures. Activity has continued to increase month on month in an upward trend leaving us in a
220% positive variance position YTD.
Specialist Nurse TB 41%+
Current position and issues:
Increased numbers of referrals over several months has contributed to a positive in month variance against plan.
Service17-18
Monthly PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18
Adult's Learning Disability Service 361 184 321 384 300 248 271 255 245 2,208 -419 -16% 2,627
Children's Learning Disability Service 34 91 128 99 80 74 69 114 132 787 541 220% 246
Specialist Nurse TB 34 66 37 101 76 74 33 63 44 494 143 41% 351
163 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Community & Wellbeing – Activity Exception Reports by CCG
Commissioner: NHS West Lancashire CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting:-
Children’s Learning Disability Service 11%-
Current position and issues:
The team have a vacancy which has equated to being under establishment by 30% resulting in a reduction in activity.
Over Performance Exception Reporting:-
Adult Learning Disability Service 68%+
Current position and issues:
The team run weekly group sessions which is generating multiple patient contacts. A complex case has also had an impact on our activity figures until year end.
Specialist Nurse TB 29%+
Current position and issues:
Increased numbers of referrals over several months has contributed to a positive in month variance against plan.
Viral Hepatitis Service 98%+
Current position and issues:
Although no in month referrals combined with no vaccinations being due has resulted in nil contacts for the month of November there is still a YTD positive variance due to
an increase in the amount of group activity in previous months.
Service17-18
Monthly PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18
Adult Learning Disability Service 154 230 292 324 187 273 184 199 191 1,880 759 68% 1,121
Children's Learning Disability Service 237 160 238 233 233 182 180 184 134 1,544 -185 -11% 1,729
Specialist Nurse TB 9 6 11 11 27 14 22 15 13 119 27 29% 92
Viral Hepatitis Service 5 2 14 13 5 6 18 25 0 83 41 98% 42
164 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Children & Young People’s Wellbeing - Total Activity by CCG
102
Children & Young People's Wellbeing -
Total Activity split by CCG
17-18
Monthly PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18
NHS Blackburn with Darwen CCG Total 809 561 753 718 591 535 766 787 794 5,505 -296 -5% 5,801
NHS Chorley and South Ribble CCG Total 2,016 1,011 1,339 1,310 1,178 830 1,198 1,229 1,316 9,411 -5,642 -37% 15,053
NHS East Lancashire CCG Total 4,492 3,448 5,028 4,026 3,971 3,779 4,438 4,979 4,895 34,564 -783 -2% 35,347
NHS Greater Preston CCG Total 2,839 1,399 1,994 1,524 1,751 1,575 1,876 2,021 2,006 14,146 -7,194 -34% 21,340
NHS West Lancashire CCG Total 742 411 562 523 429 469 577 533 557 4,061 -1,301 -24% 5,362
Children & Young People's Wellbeing
Total 10,898 6,830 9,676 8,101 7,920 7,188 8,855 9,549 9,568 67,687 -15,216 -18% 82,903
165 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Children & Young People’s Wellbeing - Service Line Totals
103
Service17-18 Monthly
PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18
Children's Occupational Therapy Total 1,068 618 835 851 610 550 799 836 785 5,884 -2,883 -33% 8,767
Children's Physiotherapy Total 929 574 645 632 580 518 648 694 678 4,969 -1,530 -24% 6,499
Children's Speech & Language Therapy Total 3,617 1,960 2,859 2,573 2,361 1,938 2,772 3,102 2,850 20,415 -4,792 -19% 25,207
Paediatric Liaison Total 5,284 3,678 5,337 4,045 4,369 4,182 4,636 4,917 5,255 36,419 -6,011 -14% 42,430
Children and Young People's Wellbeing
Total Against Plan10,898 6,830 9,676 8,101 7,920 7,188 8,855 9,549 9,568 67,687 -15,216 -18% 82,903
166 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Exception Reports by Service
104
Commissioner: NHS Chorley & South Ribble CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting:-
Children’s Occupational Therapy 37%-
Current position and issues:
The service is not meeting the baseline activity target. On review of how this was established for 2017/2018, it is noted that they were set based on 100% staff capacity,
so no slippage has been factored in for sickness, maternity leave, recruitment etc. throughout the monitoring year add it is of note that many of the teams are not running
at 100%. There is also an ongoing awareness that the teams use paper records and electronic activity noting so the data collection for these teams is not as robust as
we would like. A paper is being prepared for complete electronic records as the concern is that recording is under actual levels. It is also noted that the service is working
to shorter episode lengths which is positive and could indicate better self help strategies being promoted. This was part of the redesign in CITNS and is demonstrated
by waiting lists now within RTT target.
In order to support the understanding of the activity achieved throughout the year to date, we are providing below the current staffing capacity and the YTD position for
this team.
For C&SR the current staff capacity is at 90%, with the YTD calculated as at 83%.
Forecast
The service continue to work hard to maximise all the capacity in the service. These issues are to be discussed at Community Q&P in December 2017.
Children’s Physiotherapy 24%-
The manual position reported through Schedule 6 is -4.2% therefore the service has not been asked to provide exception narrative.
Paediatric Liaison 62%-
Current position and issues:
The service receives 100% of its referrals from the Emergency Department (ED), and have no control over the number of children attending however the activity is lower
than expected as we are currently unable to identify the activity that is deflected through the Go To Doctor Service.
Service17-18 Monthly
PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18
Children's Occupational Therapy 19 115 155 172 142 92 154 151 154 1,135 -672 -37% 1,807
Children's Physiotherapy 345 257 266 271 213 190 204 226 198 1,825 -579 -24% 2,404
Paediatric Liaison 900 261 434 311 366 291 366 277 366 2,672 -4,322 -62% 6,994
167 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Exception Reports by Service
105
Commissioner: NHS East Lancashire CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting:-
Children’s Occupational Therapy 24%-
Current position and issues:
The service is not meeting the baseline activity target. On review of how this was established for 2017/2018, it is noted that they were set based on 100% staff capacity,
so no slippage has been factored in for sickness, maternity leave, recruitment etc. throughout the monitoring year add it is of note that many of the teams are not running
at 100%. There is also an ongoing awareness that the teams use paper records and electronic activity noting so the data collection for these teams is not as robust as
we would like. A paper is being prepared for complete electronic records as the concern is that recording is under actual levels. It is also noted that the service is working
to shorter episode lengths which is positive and could indicate better self help strategies being promoted. This was part of the redesign in CITNS and is demonstrated by
waiting lists now within RTT target.
In order to support the understanding of the activity achieved throughout the year to date, we are providing below the current staffing capacity and the YTD position for
this team.
For East Lancashire the current staff capacity is at 86%, with the YTD calculated as at 84%.
Forecast
The service continue to work hard to maximise all the capacity in the service. These issues are to be discussed at Community Q&P in December 2017.
Service17-18 Monthly
PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18
Children's Occupational Therapy 348 228 332 321 212 186 289 314 279 2,161 -700 -24% 2,861
Children's Speech & Language Therapy 1,358 634 1,012 887 792 665 916 1,101 884 6,891 -2,573 -27% 9,464
Paediatric Liaison 2,786 2,586 3,684 2,818 2,967 2,928 3,233 3,564 3,732 25,512 2,490 11% 23,022
168 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Exception Reports by Service
106
Commissioner: NHS East Lancashire CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting Continued:-
Children’s Speech & Language Therapy 27%-
Current position and issues:
Current position and issues:
The service is not meeting the baseline activity target. On review of how this was established for 2017/2018, it is noted that they were set based on 100% staff capacity,
so no slippage has been factored in for sickness, maternity leave, recruitment etc. throughout the monitoring year add it is of note that many of the teams are not running
at 100%. There is also an ongoing awareness that the teams use paper records and electronic activity noting so the data collection for these teams is not as robust as
we would like. A paper is being prepared for complete electronic records as the concern is that recording is under actual levels. It is also noted that the service is working
to shorter episode lengths which is positive and could indicate better self help strategies being promoted. This was part of the redesign in CITNS and is demonstrated by
waiting lists now within RTT target.
In order to support the understanding of the activity achieved throughout the year to date, we are providing below the current staffing capacity and the YTD position for
this team.
For East Lancashire the current staff capacity is at 90%, with the YTD calculated as at 83%.
Forecast
The service continue to work hard to maximise all the capacity in the service. These issues are to be discussed at Community Q&P in December 2017.
Over Performance Exception Reporting:-
Paediatric Liaison 11%+
Current position and issues:
The service receives 100% of its referrals from the Emergency Department (ED), and have no control over the number of children attending however the activity is lower
than expected as we are currently unable to identify the activity that is deflected through the Go To Doctor Service.
169 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Exception Reports by Service
107
Commissioner: NHS Greater Preston CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting:-
Children’s Occupational Therapy 43%-
Current position and issues:
The service is not meeting the baseline activity target. On review of how this was established for 2017/2018, it is noted that they were set based on 100% staff capacity,
so no slippage has been factored in for sickness, maternity leave, recruitment etc. throughout the monitoring year add it is of note that many of the teams are not running
at 100%. There is also an ongoing awareness that the teams use paper records and electronic activity noting so the data collection for these teams is not as robust as
we would like. A paper is being prepared for complete electronic records as the concern is that recording is under actual levels. It is also noted that the service is working
to shorter episode lengths which is positive and could indicate better self help strategies being promoted. This was part of the redesign in CITNS and is demonstrated by
waiting lists now within RTT target.
In order to support the understanding of the activity achieved throughout the year to date, we are providing below the current staffing capacity and the YTD position for
this team.
For Greater Preston the current staff capacity is at 90%, with the YTD calculated as at 84%.
Forecast
The service continue to work hard to maximise all the capacity in the service. These issues are to be discussed at Community Q&P in December 2017.
Service17-18 Monthly
PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18
Children's Occupational Therapy 213 77 121 114 105 100 146 184 159 1,006 -744 -43% 1,750
Children's Physiotherapy 380 221 253 222 249 207 282 310 268 2,012 -655 -25% 2,667
Children's Speech & Language Therapy 648 270 401 272 361 305 411 451 422 2,893 -1,616 -36% 4,509
Paediatric Liaison 1,598 831 1,219 916 1,036 963 1,037 1,076 1,157 8,235 -4,179 -34% 12,414
170 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Exception Reports by Service
108
Commissioner: NHS Greater Preston CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting Continued:-
Children’s Physiotherapy 25%-
Current position and issues:
The service is not meeting the baseline activity target. On review of how this was established for 2017/2018, it is noted that they were set based on 100% staff capacity, so
no slippage has been factored in for sickness, maternity leave, recruitment etc. throughout the monitoring year add it is of note that many of the teams are not running at
100%. There is also an ongoing awareness that the teams use paper records and electronic activity noting so the data collection for these teams is not as robust as we
would like. A paper is being prepared for complete electronic records as the concern is that recording is under actual levels. It is also noted that the service is working to
shorter episode lengths which is positive and could indicate better self help strategies being promoted. This was part of the redesign in CITNS and is demonstrated by
waiting lists now within RTT target.
In order to support the understanding of the activity achieved throughout the year to date, we are providing below the current staffing capacity and the YTD position for this
team.
For Greater Preston the current staff capacity is at 82%, with the YTD calculated as at 83%.
Forecast
The service continue to work hard to maximise all the capacity in the service. These issues are to be discussed at Community Q&P in December 2017.
Children’s Speech and Language Therapy 36%-
Current position and issues:
The service is not meeting the baseline activity target. On review of how this was established for 2017/2018, it is noted that they were set based on 100% staff capacity, so
no slippage has been factored in for sickness, maternity leave, recruitment etc. throughout the monitoring year add it is of note that many of the teams are not running at
100%. There is also an ongoing awareness that the teams use paper records and electronic activity noting so the data collection for these teams is not as robust as we
would like. A paper is being prepared for complete electronic records as the concern is that recording is under actual levels. It is also noted that the service is working to
shorter episode lengths which is positive and could indicate better self help strategies being promoted. This was part of the redesign in CITNS and is demonstrated by
waiting lists now within RTT target.
In order to support the understanding of the activity achieved throughout the year to date, we are providing below the current staffing capacity and the YTD position for this
team.
For Greater Preston the current staff capacity is at 83%, with the YTD calculated as at 77%.
Forecast
The service continue to work hard to maximise all the capacity in the service. These issues are to be discussed at Community Q&P in December 2017.
171 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Exception Reports by Service
109
Commissioner: NHS Greater Preston CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting Continued:-
Children’s Paediatric Liaison 34%-
Current position and issues:
The service receives 100% of its referrals from the Emergency Department (ED), and have no control over the number of children attending however the activity is lower
than expected as we are currently unable to identify the activity that is deflected through the Go To Doctor Service.
Commissioner: NHS West Lancashire CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting:-
Children’s Occupational Therapy 42%-
Current position and issues:
The service is not meeting the baseline activity target. On review of how this was established for 2017/2018, it is noted that they were set based on 100% staff capacity, so
no slippage has been factored in for sickness, maternity leave, recruitment etc. throughout the monitoring year add it is of note that many of the teams are not running at
100%. There is also an ongoing awareness that the teams use paper records and electronic activity noting so the data collection for these teams is not as robust as we
would like. A paper is being prepared for complete electronic records as the concern is that recording is under actual levels. It is also noted that the service is working to
shorter episode lengths which is positive and could indicate better self help strategies being promoted. This was part of the redesign in CITNS and is demonstrated by
waiting lists now within RTT target.
In order to support the understanding of the activity achieved throughout the year to date, we are providing below the current staffing capacity and the YTD position for this
team.
For West Lancashire the current staff capacity is at 94%, with the YTD calculated as at 67%.
Forecast
The service continue to work hard to maximise all the capacity in the service. These issues are to be discussed at Community Q&P in December 2017.
Service17-18 Monthly
PlanApr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
YTD 17-18
Variance
YTD 17-18
Variance (%)
Planned YTD
17-18
Children's Occupational Therapy 154 72 101 107 64 98 92 92 99 725 -529 -42% 1,254
Children's Physiotherapy 204 96 126 139 118 121 162 158 212 1,132 -296 -21% 1,428
Children's Speech & Language Therapy 384 243 335 277 247 250 323 283 246 2,204 -476 -18% 2,680
172 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Exception Reports by Service
110
Commissioner: NHS West Lancashire CCG
Under Performance Exception Reporting Continued:-
Children’s Physiotherapy 21%-
Current position and issues:
The services is not meeting the baseline activity target. On review of how this was established for 2017/2018, it is noted that they were set based on 100% staff capacity,
so no slippage has been factored in for sickness, maternity leave, recruitment etc. throughout the monitoring year add it is of note that many of the teams are not running
at 100%. There is also an ongoing awareness that the teams use paper records and electronic activity noting so the data collection for these teams is not as robust as
we would like. A paper is being prepared for complete electronic records as the concern is that recording is under actual levels. It is also noted that the service is working
to shorter episode lengths which is positive and could indicate better self help strategies being promoted. This was part of the redesign in CITNS and is demonstrated
by waiting lists now within RTT target.
In order to support the understanding of the activity achieved throughout the year to date, we are providing below the current staffing capacity and the YTD position for
this team. For West Lancashire the current staff capacity is at 95%, with the YTD calculated as at 77%.
Forecast
The service continue to work hard to maximise all the capacity in the service. These issues are to be discussed at Community Q&P in December 2017.
Children’s Speech and Language Therapy -18%
Current position and issues:
The manual position reported through Schedule 6 is -4.9% therefore the service has not been asked to provide exception narrative.
173 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Mental Health – Total Activity split by CCG
Demand Metrics Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
Adult/PICU Ward Admissions Total 169 195 180 187 175 171 167 153 1,397
Adult/PICU Ward Discharges Total 167 187 177 165 168 163 160 147 1,334
CMHT Adult - Accepted Referrals Total 153 171 167 153 212 189 187 196 1,428
CMHT Older Adult - Accepted Referrals Total 90 139 131 120 142 134 129 142 1,027
Community Restart Teams - Accepted Referrals Total 130 176 178 165 163 122 158 127 1,219
CRHT Teams - Referrals Total 720 793 870 806 769 822 806 742 6,328
Eating Disorder Service - Referrals Total 73 86 93 79 69 69 94 96 659
Hospital Liaison Referrals Total 149 171 155 158 175 152 154 153 1,267
MAS Teams - Referrals Total 492 565 627 607 617 580 605 624 4,717
Older Adult (Dementia) Inpatient Ward Admissions Total 7 12 6 7 7 9 5 6 59
Older Adult (Dementia) Inpatient Ward Discharges Total 10 6 8 8 5 6 8 6 57
Older Adult (Functional) Inpatient Ward Admissions Total 11 9 11 12 9 11 4 8 75
Older Adult (Functional) Inpatient Ward Discharges Total 12 10 9 14 9 11 7 8 80
PICU Wards - Transfers In Total 16 27 24 26 21 17 24 22 177
RITT Referrals Total 169 154 168 151 204 154 145 163 1,308
174 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Mental Health – Activity Totals
Mental Health - Total Contacts Activity split by CCG Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
NHS BLACKBURN WITH DARWEN CCG 2,665 3,162 2,928 2,848 2,838 2,775 2,963 2,737 22,916
NHS BLACKPOOL CCG 2,751 3,225 2,915 2,991 2,991 3,030 3,207 2,800 23,910
NHS CHORLEY AND SOUTH RIBBLE CCG 2,339 2,584 2,341 2,219 2,307 2,279 2,543 2,387 18,999
NHS EAST LANCASHIRE CCG 4,870 5,770 5,560 5,834 5,612 5,195 5,447 5,305 43,593
NHS FYLDE & WYRE CCG 2,398 2,589 2,699 2,549 2,599 2,408 2,404 2,432 20,078
NHS GREATER PRESTON CCG 2,898 3,659 3,494 3,389 3,460 3,322 3,694 3,506 27,422
NHS MORECAMBE BAY CCG 2,584 2,757 2,823 2,879 2,901 2,863 2,918 2,669 22,394
NHS WEST LANCASHIRE CCG 1,419 1,677 1,664 1,676 1,766 1,607 1,531 1,601 12,941
Grand Total 21,924 25,423 24,424 24,385 24,474 23,479 24,707 23,437 192,253
Please note that the 2016-17 Mental Health Baselines have been produced incorporating the number of working days per month, and so unlike last year ,the monthly plans are not
determined by dividing the Annual plan by 12.
Productivity Metrics Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
ADHD Contacts Total 371 253 390 454 315 268 329 212 2,592
CMHT AD - Contacts Total 8,189 9,706 9,627 9,171 9,015 8,881 9,178 8,650 72,417
CMHT OA Contacts Total 2,584 2,846 2,815 2,754 2,862 2,766 3,049 2,884 22,560
CRHT Face to Face Contacts - Below 18 Total 123 242 153 171 130 137 145 156 1,257
CRHT Face to Face Contacts - 18 to 65 Total 3,667 4,042 3,766 3,921 3,874 3,657 3,716 3,638 30,281
CRHT Face to Face Contacts - Over 65 Total 65 74 43 73 39 9 19 32 354
CRHT Telephone Contacts - Below 18 Total 66 128 96 69 80 96 101 98 734
CRHT Telephone Contacts - 18 to 65 Total 2,130 2,487 2,148 2,404 2,508 2,518 2,560 2,415 19,170
CRHT Telephone Contacts - Over 65 Total 37 106 47 40 41 40 35 20 366
Criminal Justice Liaison - Contacts Total 571 667 587 580 648 576 631 479 4,739
Eating Disorder Service - Contacts Total 692 869 964 1,139 1,114 1,043 1,183 1,228 8,232
Hospital Liaison Contacts Total 372 410 387 363 470 368 432 312 3,114
MAS Teams - Contacts Total 2,899 3,399 3,206 3,097 3,268 2,958 3,149 3,142 25,118
RITT Contacts Total 1,921 2,265 2,270 2,571 2,742 2,640 2,530 2,453 19,392
Mental Health Productivity Total 23,687 27,494 26,499 26,807 27,106 25,957 27,057 25,719 210,326
175 of 255
Performance Management
113
2017-18 Baseline Proposal
Following the Audit of Patient ‘Notes’ LCFT have identified that in some instances the Patient Note does constitute a relevant contact but in most
cases it does not. The 4 services involved are MAS, Eating disorders, Hospital Liaison and ADHD and in all there have been 23,025 over reported
Non-Patient contacts for the period of Apr-17 to Oct-17.
LCFT have also identified that for the above 4 Services and the RITT Service, 4,606 Non-Patient contacts have been reported in error as Face to Face
Contacts making a total of 27,631 over reported Patient Contacts as shown in the table below.
In both cases above this is a historic issue going back to 2012 and so this issue has been inflating numbers for some time and so recent trends of
changes of activity in recent years are not related to this issue. Consequently, activity baselines have been inflated as a result.
LCFT will seek for a decision to be made at the LCFT MH Contracts Meeting on 20th December, whether to reconcile the contacts at year end or to
make the necessary adjustments to both the Baselines and the reported activity ASAP.
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Mental Health – Activity Totals
Quality Metrics Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 YTD 17-18
Adult Ward Occupied Bed Days Total 5,744 5,835 5,676 5,885 5,904 5,784 5,935 5,741 46,504
Eating Disorder Service DNA's - Follow Up Contacts 94 98 76 123 129 93 95 119 827
Eating Disorder Service DNA's - New Contacts 7 8 14 14 19 3 6 12 83
PICU Ward Occupied Bed Days Total 817 849 846 893 952 897 878 836 6,968
Older Adult (Dementia) Ward Occupied Bed Days Total 812 850 854 909 945 924 938 895 7,127
Older Adult (Functional) Ward Occupied Bed Days Total 1,034 1,104 1,081 1,102 1,154 1,101 1,119 1,090 8,785
Older Adult (Functional) Inpatient 30 Day ReAdmissions 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
Older Adult (Functional) Inpatient 90 Day ReAdmissions 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 3
Adult Inpatient 30 Day ReAdmissions Rate (8% Target) 9.58% 7.49% 9.04% 9.09% 6.55% 7.36% 9.38% 6.12% 8.08%Adult Inpatient 90 Day ReAdmissions Rate (15% Target) 14.97% 13.90% 16.38% 12.12% 7.74% 7.36% 9.38% 6.12% 11.00%
176 of 255
Performance Management
3.2 Contract Activity – Variance to Plan Children & Young People’s Wellbeing – Sexual Health Activity
as at w/c 27th November 2017
114
• Revised planned attendances full year are 27,344. Actual attendances during November 2017 was 1,802 – 1,222 below
the planned total of 3,024
• Initial income for the 17/18 monitoring year shows a provisional increase in M7 and 8, with the total income as at end of
November 2017 at £974,498.
(* estimates)
177 of 255
Performance Management
115
3.3 CQUIN Executive Summary
CQUIN Executive Summary:
Quarter 2 submissions for 2017/18 schemes have taken place for the Mental Health & Community contracts. The staff flu scheme is currently
behind plan but it expected to meet the 70% target by the end of February 18. Discussions are ongoing with acute trusts regarding the A&E
scheme, however we are working towards the targets for the scheme with commissioner support. Some further work needs to be done
regarding the Physical Health schemes to achieve the required increase in targets for future quarters. An audit is currently under way.
The Trust has not been successful in achieving the required targets for the preventing illness through risky behaviours scheme. The total loss
across the schemes is now £56k relating to Mental Health and £10k for Longridge. Work needs to focus on referrals to the stop smoking
services and training of staff to ensure Qtr. 3 and Qtr. 4 targets are achieved.
Qtr2 schemes for Southport & Formby contract have been submitted in line with the agreed milestones. Further discussions to take place with
Commissioners around future quarterly submissions.
£1,033k CQUIN funding across CCG contracts is agreed based on the trust meeting it's control total in 2016/17, however there are ongoing
discussions between NHSE and NHSI regarding the payment mechanism.
A further £1,033k CQUIN funding across CCG contracts is agreed based on the Trust's engagement and commitment to the STP process.
Confirmation has been received via BWD CCG that this element of funding has been agreed by the STP.
The Trust is waiting feedback from NHS England regarding the Cumbria Liaison & Diversion scheme submission but are not expecting any
issues.
There are not expected to be any issues with the submission for the Specialist Services schemes for Q2.
Measures are expected to be put into place to ensure that the Trust achieves the
remaining CQUIN funding available and no further losses are seen than those identified in Qtr2.
Executive Summary
Contract Actual
Loss/
concern Expected
Loss/
concern Expected
Loss/
concern Expected
Loss/
concern % Met Expected
Loss/
concern
Mental Health 100% £652,503 £0 90% £502,074 £56,210 100% £515,457 £0 100% £1,842,663 £0 98% £3,512,697 £56,210
Southport 100% £45,584 £0 100% £48,657 £0 100% £33,294 £0 100% £128,513 £0 100% £256,048 £0
Community 100% £238,378 £0 96% £244,404 £10,042 100% £174,107 £0 100% £672,046 £0 99% £1,328,935 £10,042
NHS England - Spec Comm MH 100% £193,941 £0 100% £193,941 £0 100% £193,941 £0 100% £193,941 £0 100% £775,762 £0
NHS England - Liaison & Diversion 100% £5,201 £0 100% £5,201 £0 100% £5,201 £0 100% £5,201 £0 100% £20,803 £0
NHS England - Imm & Vacc 100% £3,675 £0 100% £3,675 £0 100% £7,350 £0
Qtr. 4
100%Expected
Position
Full Year
99%£2,842,363 £0 £5,901,596 £66,253£0Expected
Position£922,000 £0100%
Nov 2017 CQUIN Position
Expected
PositionTotal
Expected
Position100%
Qtr. 2Qtr. 1
£1,139,282 94% £997,951 £66,253
Qtr. 3
178 of 255
Performance Management
Quality
Section 4
116
179 of 255
Performance Management
117
Section 4:- Quality
• Quality and Safety Tile
• Quality Surveillance – Safe
• Quality Surveillance – Effective
• Quality Surveillance – Caring
• Quality Surveillance – Responsive
• Quality Surveillance – Well Led
• Audits
• Delivering the Strategy
4. Quality
180 of 255
Performance Management
4. Quality Quality & Safety Tile
118
17521 95.28%
91 8789
37
1
9 1635
3943 306
13 52%
2664
2236
90.42%
95% N/A
83% 13
Good
Completed within agreed
timeframe (%)
RESPONSIVE
Complaints
Upheld/partially upheld
complaints
WELL LED
Trust CQC rating
As a result of the Network Re-design historical data prior to 15 May 2017 is recorded in the four Network structure and has been aggregated in this report to provide the best available comparison.
Data provided shows the following 12 month figure (where a number) or the rolling 12 month average (where a percentage).
Physical Health HFC Rate (%) Appraisals (%)
Mental Health HFC Rate (%) Concerns raised
EFFECTIVE
Never Events
Number of red flag incidents
(inpatients only)
Core Skills (%)
SAFE
Physical violence to staff from
patients
Serious HCAI incidents
Use of restraint
Potentially avoidable grade 3 and
4 pressure ulcers
QUALITY AND SAFETY TILE
CARING
Compliments
F&F Test
RIDDOR incidents
Incidents
STEIS-reportable serious
incidents
As a result of the Network Re-design historical data prior to 15 May 2017 is recorded in the four Network structure and has been aggregated in this report to provide the best available comparison.
Data provided shows the following 12 month figure (where a number) or the rolling 12 month average (where a percentage).
181 of 255
Performance Management
4. Quality Safe
119
Domain Indicator Target Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov12 months
total
12 months
averageSparkline Risk
Incidents n/a 1867 2094 2345 2358 2168 2090 2329 2270 17521 2190.1
Incidents with harm n/a 404 436 487 547 437 473 535 462 3781 472.6
STEIS-reportable serious
incidentsn/a 6 7 9 4 9 8 10 4 11 8 10 5 91 7.6
RIDDOR incidents n/a 6 2 0 3 4 5 2 6 1 6 1 1 37 3.1
Never Events 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.1
Medication incidents n/a 127 149 177 150 148 183 186 9 1129 141.1
Infection control Serious HCAI incidents 0 4 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 9 0.8
Use of restraint n/a 252 189 263 308 329 300 400 461 335 346 398 362 3943 328.6
Use of seclusion n/a 85 65 73 68 66 64 65 93 579 72.4
Safeguarding alerts n/a 100 158 138 129 130 95 152 116 1018 127.3
Potentially avoidable grade 3
and 4 pressure ulcersn/a 0 0 2 0 2 0 5 1 2 0 1 0 13 1.1
Number of instances of 1 or less
qualified on duty (inpatients)0 207 192 170 145 139 197 140 132 177 132 84 74 1789 149.1
Number of red flag incidents
(inpatients only)n/a 261 260 268 221 195 270 227 228 258 228 137 111 2664 222.0
Staff safetyPhysical violence to staff from
patients n/a 137 140 129 151 155 150 218 268 220 223 219 226 2236 186.3
Legal Regulation 28 Notices received n/a 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 3 0.3
QUALITY AND SAFETY SURVEILLANCE - Safe
Incidents
Patient safety
Staffing
182 of 255
Performance Management
4. Quality Effective
120
Domain Indicator Target Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Sparkline Risk
Pressure ulcers (%) - 3.96% 2.72% 2.91% 5.27% 3.45% 3.45% 4.04% 3.05% 3.12% 2.55% 2.72% 2.57%
Falls with harm (%) - 1.29% 1.28% 1.64% 1.55% 1.55% 0.60% 0.75% 1.21% 0.64% 0.93% 0.53% 0.53%
Catheter and UTI (%) - 0.18% 0.64% 0.27% 0.26% 0.43% 0.45% 0.27% 0.21% 0.07% 0.23% 0.15% 0.08%
VTE (%) - 0.55% 0.08% 0.36% 0.35% 0.35% 0.15% 0.69% 0.43% 0.43% 0.93% 0.38% 0.23%
Physical Health HFC Rate (%) 95% 94% 95% 95% 93% 94% 96% 94% 95% 96% 96% 96% 97%
Self harm (%) - 3.35% 4.04% 3.55% 3.43% 3.56% 3.76% 3.75% 4.37% 4.63% 3.71% 3.59% 4.22%
Victim of violence (%) - 1.89% 1.62% 2.71% 1.07% 2.30% 1.46% 2.50% 1.66% 1.89% 1.75% 3.17% 2.53%
Feel unsafe (%) - 9.22% 6.26% 8.35% 9.01% 9.62% 10.65% 7.08% 7.90% 10.53% 8.08% 11.21% 7.81%
Omission of medication (%) - 18.87% 13.74% 16.08% 17.17% 17.99% 18.37% 23.54% 20.37% 19.79% 20.09% 24.10% 19.62%
Restraint (%) - 6.29% 4.65% 4.80% 3.65% 5.23% 5.43% 7.08% 6.86% 7.16% 5.68% 4.86% 5.91%
Mental Health HFC Rate (%) 90% 83% 86% 84% 85% 83% 83% 84% 81% 80% 84% 80% 83% 83.0%
Physical Health
Harm Free Care
Mental Health
Harm Free Care
0.4%
19.1%
5.6%
95.1%
3.8%
2.0%
8.8%
QUALITY AND SAFETY SURVEILLANCE - Effective12 months
average
3.3%
1.0%
0.3%
183 of 255
Performance Management
4. Quality Effective
121
N/L/R*
L
L
R
R
R
L
L
L
L
R
L
L
L
L
R
R
R
REducation, Health and Care Plans 89% Nov-17
Use of restrictive practices within LD 93%
Acupuncture - Rheumatology & Physiotherapy 97%
79%
85%Learning Disability
Clozapine
Antibiotics in dentistry
80%
94%
85%
70%
Risk Assessments
Cerebral Palsy in under 25's (NICE) 82%
83%
Nutrition 77%
Consent to Treatment 94%
Completion of Waterlow risk assessments
Wound assessment documentation
Care of Dying
Carers 54% Oct-17
Diabetes 65% Sep-17
Nursing Management of Clozaril 60% Oct-17
Absent Without Leave 55% Oct-17
Compliance (%)Clinical Audits Date
Prevention of Dehydration 54% Sep-17
Compliance Date
96% 5.12.17
NetworkNICE Baseline Assessments
NG74 Reablement CWB
* N/L/R - National Audit, Local Audit, Re-Audit (if re-audit, the previous compliance figure will be included).
184 of 255
Performance Management
4. Quality Caring & Responsive
122
Domain Indicator Target Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov12 months
total
12 months
averageSparkline Risk
F&F Test 95% 87% 96% 96% 96% 96% 97% 95% 97% 97% 97% 95% 95.28%
F&F Test - Response Rate n/a 1744 1659 2042 1562 1263 1815 1218 1241 1652 923 1669 1526.2
Compliments Compliments n/a 529 678 1031 788 593 987 697 774 819 537 549 807 8789 732.4
QUALITY AND SAFETY SURVEILLANCE - Caring
Friends & Family -
Patients
The Friends and Family Test real time reporting is locked and nationally reported on the 19th of each month and will therefore be reported in arrears most months
Domain Indicator Target Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov12 months
total
12 months
averageSparkline Risk
Complaints n/a 150 114 111 167 95 108 152 134 173 149 145 137 1635 136.3
Upheld/partially upheld
complaintsn/a 26 22 21 31 26 23 19 24 22 21 43 28 306 25.5
Completed within agreed
timeframe (%)n/a 54.0% 50.0% 104.0% 52.0%
Reopened complaints n/a 3 3 4 2 4 4 7 5 0 0 3 3 38 3.2
PHSO complaints n/a 0 1 2 3 1 3 1 0 1 0 0 2 14 1.2
MP enquiries n/a 7 13 9 15 7 8 5 9 11 5 12 8 109 9.1
Environment Mixed Sex Breaches 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0
QUALITY AND SAFETY SURVEILLANCE - Responsive
Complaints
185 of 255
Performance Management
4. Quality Well Led
123
Domain Indicator Target Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov12 months
total
12 months
averageSparkline Risk
Trust CQC rating Good RI Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good
Regulatory inspections/visits n/a 4 5 4 3 4 3 2 1 2 1 4 33 3
CQC notifications n/a
Core Skills (%) 85% 88.24% 89.07% 89.41% 90.68% 90.33% 89.26% 91.06% 91.55% 90.81% 90.87% 91.64% 92.12% - 90.42%
Supervision (%) n/a
Appraisals (%) n/a
Overdue 3 day reviews 0 105 80 71 65 77 82 74 59 97 103 813 81.30
Overdue 7 day reviews 0 1652 1305 1176 1267 1295 1695 1349 1573 2192 2397 15901 1590.10
Overdue incident actions 0 94 150 - 122
Duty of candour breaches 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.00%
Overdue safety alerts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.00%
Concerns raised n/a 9 17 26 13
Quality Plan priorities off track 0 0 0 0 0 5 - 1
Quality assurance visits n/a 1 0 0 0 2 1 4 0.67
Assurance
QUALITY AND SAFETY SURVEILLANCE - Well Led
Regulatory
People
Good
Learning and
candour
186 of 255
Performance Management
124
4. Quality Audits 2017
National Audit Data collection period Report due Compliance
National Audit of Intermediate Care
(NAIC)
May 2017 to August 2017
Participants will be asked for outturn data
April 2018
National chronic Obstructive
Pulmonary Disease (COPD) audit
programme
April 2017 to July 2017 February 2018
National Diabetes Audit – Adults April 2017 to July 2017 February 2018
Sentinel Stroke National Audit
programme (SSNAP)
April 2017 to March 2018
Collection: April to July, August to November, December to
March, April to March (annual)
January 2018
UK Parkinson’s Audit: (incorporating
Occupational Therapy
Speech and Language Therapy,
Physiotherapy
Elderly care and neurology)
1 May 2017 to 30 September 2017
May 2018
National Audit of Psychosis Autumn/Winter 2017 TBC
National Audit of Anxiety & Depression TBC TBC
Topic 17: Use of depot/LA
antipsychotics for relapse prevention
– baseline audit
May 2017 to June 2017
Sampling & Data Collection: May 2017
Online Data Submission: June 2017
Nov 2017
Topic 15: Prescribing for bipolar
disorder (use of sodium valproate) –
re-audit
September 2017 to October 2017
Sampling & Data Collection: Sept 2017
Online Data Submission: October 2017
Feb 2017
Topic 6: Assessment of side effects of
depot antipsychotic medication – 2nd
supplementary
February 2018 to March 2018
Sampling & Data Collection: February 2018
Online Data Submission: March 2018
July 2018
187 of 255
Performance Management
125
4. Quality Delivering the Strategy
Annual
Performance
Plan (£000)
Annual
Forecast
Performance
Actual (£000)
15,100
15,100
12,843 12,828
791
Risks
15
2,272 a+b+c
791 d
1,481 (a+b+c)-d
464 a+b+c
Value of schemes at Feasibility
Slippage Against Annual Performance
Gross Risk of Delivery Against Overall DTS
Baseline
Additional Programme Reporting
2017/18
Overall Target
Value of approved schemes
Mitigation
Net Risk of Delivery Against Overall DTS
Value of non-recurrent schemes
Exec SRO Sue Moore
Programme SRO Joanne Moore
Programme Manager Carly SteerReporting Period November 2017 (Month 8)
Report date 13-Nov-17
The purpose of Delivering the Strategy (DTS) is to deliver the Trust's transformation programme and the operational annual plan. The focus is on
tranformational schemes that are aligned to the STP and LDPs and on continuous improvement of quality within our services. There are 6 DTS
portfolios in 2017/18 aiming to deliver a wide range of redesign programmes.
Programme Description
DTS Programme Report
Overview
Across each network portfolio, for all schemes that have been initiated, work is ongoing to develop detailed delivery plans where this is not already in
place status summarised for each scheme in Programme assurance heat maps.
Complex packages of care within C&YP has not launched, however the tender was submitted to go on the Framework to provide Complex Packages of
Care for Children and Young People was submitted on the 17th November. Transformation of Secure Services , Core 24 and Core Home Treatment 24/7.
Further work required to establish benefit trackers for each programme, to enable leads to measure performance and provide robust assurance on
delivery.
188 of 255
Performance Management
126
4. Quality Delivering the Strategy
Programme SRO Goal (£000) MonthTransacted
(£000)Narrative
Q2 511,585
Oct (07) 95,750
Nov (08) 95,750
Q2 2,664,285
Oct (07) 494,822
Nov (08) 471,731
Q2 857,715
Oct (07) 115,812
Nov (08) 115,812
Organisational
reset
Joanne
Moore
Savings delivered through this programme will be reported through the relevant
Network or Corporate services.
Mobilisation &
DemobilisationLouise Giles
Savings delivered through this programme will be reported through the relevant
Network or Corporate services.
Q2 2,317,248
Oct (07) 386,225
Nov (08) 386,225
Children &
Young PeopleSteve Tingle 2,142,770
Support
Services
Community
Wellbeing
Mental Health
£1.42m is registered on the CIP system, £1,168k approved and £258k at feasibility.
Current splippage against approved schemes of £85,645, which is an improving
position on last month leaving an in year gap of £924,030. However, further work has
progressed on the gap and pipeline schemes with current schemes rated green to the
value £305k with further pipeline schemes anticicpated to convert. CIP plans and
additional pipeline schemes are monitored weekly.
£5.5m of schemes are registered as approved leaving a gap of £2.3m. This position
includes £3.4, of schemes related to cost reduction including temporary staffing and
OAPs. This a static position on last month, with schemes worth £384k still in the
pipeline. Further recovery schemes are underway whilst expenditure reduction
schemes are being tested in order to determine the underlying recurrent position. CIP
plans, additional pipeline schemes and recovery plans are being monitored weekly.
£1.55m of schemes are registered on the system, all of which are approved leaving a
gap of £590k. Pipeline schemes to the value of £590k are in train- and if all schemes
are approved this will meet 17/18 target. CIP plans and additional pipeline schemes
are monitored weekly.
Schemes to the value of £4.64m are registered at approved stage. In addition there is
£612k of schemes at feasibility. If delivered, this will give an over-acheivement of
£2.4m which is offsetting gaps elsewhere. There are £100k worth of pipeline schemes
that are being monitored weekly
Dominic
McKenna2,801,600
Tanya
Hibbert2,265,460
Lisa
Moorhouse7,869,522
189 of 255
Performance Management
4. Quality Delivering the Strategy
127
PROGRAMME RESOURCE
PMO Lead assigned Dawn Killey Dawn Killey Dawn Killey Dawn Killey Dawn Killey Dawn Killey Dawn Killey Dawn Killey
Transformation Lead
assignedSarah Neve Helena Owen Sarah Neve Sarah Neve
Natalie Hilton/Fran
RileySarah Neve Sarah Neve Sarah Neve
Clinical Lead assigned Lorraine Chadwick Lorraine ChadwickLorraine Chadwick/Claire
BensonGuz Singh Jeremy Tudway TBC
Lorraine
Chadwick
Lorraine
Chadwick
Full resource plan agreed n/a currently n/a currently
PROGRAMME
DOCUMENTATION
Programme initiation
documentScoping In Progress n/a currently
Scope
changed
n/a
Currently
Programme Governance n/a currently
In Progress
Nov-17
Regular meetings n/a Currently n/a Currently n/a currently
Benefit trackerIn progress- met
with PerformanceStarted to map benefits n/a Currently In development n/a currently
On cost
Project Lead assignedLorraine McDonald-
JohnsonBev Liddle Joe Crocock Phil Horner Pauline Cullen
Crisis House eastASSURANCE CRITERIONMental Health
Access Line
Inpatient Reconfiguration
programme
Mental Health DTS Portfolio
MHDU
North
Phil Horner Bev Liddle
Richard Morgan
Scoping In Progress n/a currentlyUpdate In
progress
n/a currently
n/a currently
Core Home
Treatment 24/7 Core 24
Programme Plan Scoping
Quality Impact AssessmentSTAR Chambers for sign
off 8th December
S136 New Models of
Care?
Dawn Killey
Sarah Neve
Phil Horner
Transforming Secure
Services
In Progress
Awaiting
Sign off
Joe Crocock
On time( from
dashboard)
TOR n/a currently
Risks and Issues log
Not currently assessed
Project Element not in place
Project Element in place but requires update or further
work
Project Element in place and fit for purpose
Project Element not required
Project Element not in place
Key
190 of 255
Performance Management
4. Quality Delivering the Strategy
128
ASSURANCE CRITERION LD IAPT CPSR South Ribble Central BwD Dental CPOC
ASSURANCE CRITERION LD IAPT CPSR South Ribble Central BwD Dental CPOC
PROGRAMME RESOURCE
Programme Lead assigned Stuart Sheridan Deborah Bretherton Julie Nowell Julie Nowell Tanya Hibbert Tanya Hibbert Andy Jones
Transformation Lead
assignedDeborah Howe
Clinical Lead assigned Mahesh Odiyoor Janine Williams Tracy Cook- Scowen Tracy Cook- Scowen Sarah Procter
Full resource plan agree
PROGRAMME
DOCUMENTATIONProgramme initiation
document
Quality Impact Assessment
Programme Plan Plans to be finalisedTo be updated in line
with new governance
structure
High-level – plan in
place further detail
required.
Risks and Issues log
Programme Governance
TOR
Regular meetings Fortnightly
Benefits Tracker
PROJECT PERFORMANCE
On time
On cost
Community and Wellbeing DTS Portfolio
MCP
Mark Wardman
MCP Prime Provider
191 of 255
Performance Management
4. Quality Delivering the Strategy
129
ASSURANCE CRITERIONComplex Packages of Care
(CPOC)
CAMHS Tier 4
Transformation
0-25 Clinical Pathway
including integration of
Child psychology and
LCC contract for Health
Visiting and School
Nursing
PROGRAMME RESOURCE
Project Manager assigned Janet Thorpe Janet Thorpe Janet Thorpe Janet Thorpe
Transformation Lead
assignedTBC Nicola Adams Nicola Adams Michael Orchard
Project Lead assigned TBC Paul AndertonSarah Wright/Anita
DemariaCathy Allen
Clinical Lead assigned Lorna Taylor Debbie Yoxall Julie Ross Debra Wilson
Full resource plan agreed
PROGRAMME
DOCUMENTATION
Programme initiation
document
Revised PID to be
confirmed at
Steering Group
meeting 14 Dec
Revised PID to be
confirmed at Steering
Group meeting 12 Dec
Not required for tender
Move to the Cove –
in place
Transformation work
Programme PlanHigh level plan in
place. Will be
Programme plan will be
finalised depending on
Plan to be developed
following confirmation of
Risks and Issues log In place In place In place
Programme Governance In place In place To be reviewed
TOR In place In place To be reviewed
Regular meetings 1st meeting 13 June 1st meeting 13 June 1st meeting 13 June
PROJECT PERFORMANCE
On time
On cost
Benefits tracker in place Not applicable
Quality Impact AssessmentNot required – quality is
addressed within tender
documentation
Children & Young People's Wellbeing DTS Portfolio
QIA to be revised for
phase 1 once confirmed
at BDT 8 Dec
192 of 255
Performance Management
Workforce
Section 5
130
193 of 255
Performance Management
5. Workforce
131
Section 5:-
• Actual Workforce Costs Compared to Budget
• Sickness Absence Rates
• Appraisals and Mandatory Training Compliance
• Vacancy Management and Active Recruitment
• Core Workforce Headcount
• Workforce Turnover
194 of 255
Performance Management
132
Actual Workforce Costs Compared to Budget - Quarterly Trend
Peripheral Workforce Spend and Usage
5. Workforce Actual Workforce Costs Compared to Budget
Spend £ % Spend £ % Spend £ %
T rust 19,043,638 1,332,951 6.3% 319,252 1.5% 384,288 1.8% 2,036,491 21,080,129 9.66%
M ental Health 8,644,409 1,057,354 10.4% 190,804 1.9% 272,381 2.7% 1,520,539 10,164,948 14.96%
Community &
Wellbeing4,351,245 151,765 3.2% 128,028 2.7% 122,524 2.6% 402,316 4,753,561 8.46%
Children & Young
People3,222,362 70,831 2.1% 20,261 0.6% 54,270 1.6% 145,363 3,367,725 4.32%
Corporate 2,825,622 53,001 1.9% -19,841 -0.7% -64,887 -2.3% -31,727 2,793,895 -1.14%
Flexible
Labour
Reliance %Business Area
Core
Workforce
Spend £
Bank Agency M edical AgencyTotal Spend
£
2017 11
Total
Peripheral
Workforce
Spend £
Actual Workforce Costs compared to
Budget:
Overall spend on peripheral labour has
decreased slightly in the month of November,
when compared to the October position.
MHN and C&WBN continue to be the highest
spenders.
Actions:
Mental Health Network:
Secure Services and the Harbour are
holding weekly Bank and Agency
meetings to establish the reasons for high
usage and agree how this can be
mitigated. The content of this meeting
updates the monthly Network Bank and
Agency usage meeting.
Regular reviews are being conducted by
the Care Teams to appraise the level of
service user acuity and staffing levels.
Their focus is to ensure an appropriate
level of staffing is in place to provide safe
and effective care.
Community & Wellbeing Network:
Services continue to review their need for
the use of Bank and Agency and usage
escalation processes in place at
Longridge have been extended to
Southport & Formby.
195 of 255
Performance Management
5. Workforce Sickness Absence Rates
133
Trust 12 Month, Year on Year Trend
Sickness Absence Breakdown
Rate Rate Rate Trend
2017 09 2017 10 2017 11
% Long
Term
Absence
% Short
Term
Absence
12mths
Trust 6.35% 6.88% 6.84% 53.77% 46.23%
Mental Health 7.70% 8.52% 8.22% 61.49% 38.51%
Community & Wellbeing 6.48% 6.25% 6.58% 40.99% 59.01%
Children & Young People 4.77% 5.53% 5.48% 51.10% 48.90%
Support Services 3.04% 3.75% 3.94% 43.13% 56.87%
2017 11
Sickness Absence Rates:
Sickness Absence has decreased slightly in the month of
November, reporting 6.84%. The Trust decrease this month
is attributable to the decrease in sickness experienced in
MHN.
Actions:
Mental Health Network:
The management of sickness absence remains a top
priority for the Network’s Senior Leadership Team as is the
focus on the Back to Basics Sickness Absence
Management Action Plan.
Service Managers are working closely with HR to
effectively manage sickness absence.
Community & Wellbeing Network:
Sickness absence management remains a top priority with
Network SMT and the Network continues to review its
action plan alongside the Trust Back to Basics plan
Action plans are in place for significant Long Term
Sickness Cases in the Network and are monitored by and
discussed with Care Group managers on a monthly basis
Children & Young Persons Wellbeing Network:
Q3 & Q4 will see the HRBP’s focus the Network on the
management of Short Term repetitive Absence
Management.
Network has agreed a Sickness Absence trajectory to
support its achievement of the Trust Target of 4.5% by the
end of Q4.
196 of 255
Performance Management
5. Workforce Appraisals and Mandatory Training Compliance
134
Appraisals and Mandatory Training Compliance:
Networks continue to work closely with Quality Academy and focus on improvement in this key performance measure and continue to focus on those
training courses where compliance is still to meet the Trust target of 85%. Appraisal Compliance for Q3 is calculated using the number of employees
who have objectives and who have completed a PDR review.
E&D
3yr
Fire
Saf
ety
1yr
Hea
lth
& S
afet
y 3
yr
Info
rmat
ion
Go
vern
ance
1yr
Infe
ctio
n C
on
tro
l
Clin
ical
1yr
Bas
ic L
ife
Sup
po
rt
1yr
Imm
edia
te L
ife
Sup
po
rt 1
yr
Co
nfl
ict
Res
olu
tio
n
3yr
Safe
guar
din
g
Ch
ildre
n L
2 3
yr
Safe
guar
din
g
Ch
ildre
n L
3 3
yr
Men
tal C
apac
ity
Act
L1
3yr
Man
ual
Han
dlin
g
L2 3
yr
Man
ual
Han
dlin
g
L3 2
yr
Infe
ctio
n C
on
tro
l
L1 2
yr
Safe
guar
din
g
Ch
ildre
n L
1 3
yr
Safe
guar
din
g
Ad
ult
s L1
(+P
REV
ENT)
3yr
Men
tal C
apac
ity
Act
L1
(O
ne
Tim
e
Co
mp
leti
on
)
Man
ual
Han
dlin
g
L1 3
yr Appraisal
Compliance
Trust 98% 92% 97% 95% 91% 80% 79% 89% 93% 85% 90% 85% 86% 96% 95% 96% 90% 97% 92% 49%
MHN 99% 93% 98% 94% 91% 76% 77% 89% 93% 79% 91% 79% 80% 95% 98% 96% 92% 98% 91% 31%
C&W 99% 90% 96% 95% 90% 79% 89% 88% 93% 80% 88% 92% 90% 95% 94% 96% 88% 95% 92% 65%
C&YP 98% 91% 96% 95% 91% 90% 86% 89% 0% 94% 89% 89% 90% 96% 94% 94% 89% 94% 93% 58%
SS 98% 93% 98% 95% 94% 88% 67% 93% 97% 100% 90% 86% 0% 97% 95% 95% 89% 97% 95% 66%
All Staff Medical, Clinical & Clinical Support Staff Admin, Clerical & Estates
Total
197 of 255
Performance Management
5. Workforce Vacancy Management and Active Recruitment
135
Budgeted
Establ ishment (BE)
(FTE)
Actual
Establ ishment (FTE)
Budgeted
Establ ishment
Vacancies
(FTE)
BE Vacancy
Rate
Active Vacancy
Rate
Active Vacancy
FTENo. Pos i tions
Avg. No Days
to Recruit
Trust 6499.97 5701.67 798.30 12.28% 63.34% 505.61 742 39.44
Mental Health 2952.68 2599.52 353.16 11.96% 59.64% 210.63 331 44.15
Community & Wel lbeing 1618.60 1465.24 153.36 9.48% 99.93% 153.25 226 43.35
Chi ldren & Young People 1102.47 992.88 109.59 9.94% 65.17% 71.42 92 42.70
Support Services 826.22 644.03 182.19 22.05% 38.59% 70.31 93 27.55
2017 11
Establ ishment Vacancies Vacancies in Active Recruitment
Vacancy Management and Active Recruitment:
The Budgeted Establishment Vacancy Rate has increased slightly in November and reports a closing rate of 12.28%. The number of those vacancies
being actively recruited has also increased, moving from 57.49% in October to 63.34% in November.
Actions:
Mental Health Network:
• The new Network have amalgamated the Specialist Services and Mental Health Ongoing Recruitment Programmes, designed to target hard to fill
posts and continue to effectively manage its delivery.
Community & Wellbeing Network:
• Vacancy clarity and management continues to be high on the Network agenda.
Children & Young People Wellbeing Network:
• Health Visitor Vacancies, held in in light of the Universal 0-19 contract Tender exercise, will be released through Q3 and actively recruited to as the
Trust is now in receipt of the new Service Specification that we are bidding against.
• The Network continue to hold a number of vacancies across Tier 3 Services as a result of the financial variation to contract removal of the CAHMS
Grant.
Support Services
• A refresh of the Support Services Organisational Structure has been undertaken. The ESR system updates are complete and Financial EFIN system
updates are underway. The refresh has seen a move of ‘Hosted Services’ out of the Trust main workforce information data set and the temporary
non alignment of the ESR and EFIN systems (due to update timing differences) has resulted in a reported increase in BEVR for Support Services in
November.
198 of 255
Performance Management
5. Workforce Core Workforce Headcount
136
Core Workforce
Network Headcount FTE Headcount FTE
Trust 6385 5646.96 6348 5621.29
Mental Health 2795 2582.51 2777 2567.93
Community & Wellbeing 1753 1445.07 1734 1435.76
Children & Young People 1145 983.54 1143 979.28
Support Services 692 635.85 694 638.33
2017 10 2017 11
199 of 255
Performance Management
5. Workforce Workforce Turnover
137
200 of 255
Performance Management
138
6. Risks Board Assurance Framework 17/18 Quarter 2
BOARD ASSURANCE FRAMEWORK DASHBOARD 2017/18 – Q2
Strategic
Priority BAF Risk Sub-committee Director Lead
Risk
Score
01.04.17
Risk
Score
Q1
Risk
Score
Q2
Risk
Score
Q3
Risk
Score
Q4
2017/18
Risk
Target
2017/18
Risk
Target Gap
Final
Risk
Target
Final Risk
Target
Gap
SP
1
Qu
ality
1.1 If we do not meet regulatory
standards for quality and safety we will
not be fit for purpose as care provider.
Quality & Safety DoNQ 12
High
12
High
16
Significant
8
High
8
Close Monitoring
4
Moderate
12
Significant
1.2 If we do not create a culture of
learning then we will be unable to
provide high quality care.
Quality & Safety DoNQ 16
Significant
16
Significant 16 Significant
12
High
4
Tolerable
4
Moderate
12
Significant
1.3 If we do not provide integrated
physical and mental health services we
will lose opportunities to improve patient
outcomes.
Quality & Safety MD 16
Significant
16
Significant
16
Significant
12
High
4
Tolerable
4
Moderate
12
Significant
SP
2
Su
sta
inab
le
Serv
ices
2.1 If we do not work collaboratively with
partners we will not be able to influence
system wide transformation.
Business Dev &
Delivery COO
12
High
12
High
12
High
8
High
4
Tolerable
4
Moderate
8
Close Monitoring
2.2 If we do not deliver new models of
care we will cease to be a creditable
lead provider.
Business Dev &
Delivery COO
12
High
12
High
12
High
8
High
4
Tolerable
4
Moderate
8
Close Monitoring
SP
3 E
xcell
en
ce
3.1 If we do not engage with our
patients and service users we cannot
achieve excellence and quality.
Quality & Safety DoNQ 12
High
12
High
12
High
8
High
4
Tolerable
4
Moderate
8
Close Monitoring
3.2 If we fail to project our achievements
then our reputation will not improve.
Business Dev &
Delivery COO
16
Significant
16
Significant
16
Significant
12
High
4
Tolerable
4
Moderate
12
Significant
SP
4
Peo
ple
4.1. If we do not support the health and
wellbeing of staff we will struggle to
attract, recruit and retain our workforce.
People HRD 20
Significant
20
Significant
20
Significant
10
High
10
Concern
5
Moderate
15
Significant
4.2 If staff are not provided with
extensive education, training and
leadership development we will not
have an organisational culture that
supports high performance.
People HRD 9
High
9
High
12
High
6
Moderate
6
Close Monitoring
3
Low
9
Close Monitoring
SP
5
Mo
ney
5.1 If we do not meet financial
objectives we will not be able to provide
sustainable services.
Finance CFO 15
Significant
20
Significant
20
Significant
10
High
10
Concern
10
High
10
Concern
5.2 If we do not work with partners to
deliver system wide efficiencies this will
undermine our own financial position
and that of the STP.
Finance CFO 15
Significant
15
Significant 15 Significant
10
High
5
Tolerable
5
Moderate
10
Concern
SP
6
Inn
ovati
on
6.1 If we do not develop and maintain
infrastructure, we will not be able to
deliver safe, responsive and efficient
care.
Infrastructure CFO 16
Significant
12
High
12
High
8
High
4
Tolerable
4
Moderate
8
Close Monitoring
6.2 If we do not exploit the full
capabilities of the new EPR system and
wider technology to redesign services
we will miss important opportunities to
improve care.
Infrastructure CFO 16
Significant
16
Significant 16 Significant
8
High
8
Close Monitoring
4
Moderate
12
Significant 201 of 255
Performance Management
Southport & Formby
Appendix 1
139
202 of 255
Performance Management
1. Performance Activity Southport & Formby – Summary
140
Southport & Formby - Summary:
All the team have had their initial visit from Performance except the Stoma team whom has a single clinician out of a team of two and is
understandably not able to commit time at the moment.
Due to sickness within the EMIS team, refresh training which is supporting the deep dive has not been undertaken. It is expected the team
will return to full strength In the New Year when the Audits for Continence and Treatment rooms will be undertaken and the scheduling for
the remaining team can be planned.
Performance is actively engaging with the specific teams to help them to undertake the review of their caseloads. The aim of which is to
remove patients who are not actively engaging with the service and to give a better understanding of caseload and waiting lists demands.
Due to the size of the caseload this is an extensive piece of work for podiatry.
Analysis of all team’s activity, waiting times and data quality issues continues to be carried out by the performance lead and fed back to
the team to support caseload and waiting list management.
Treatment room activity slide is included for the first time in this report, with an expectation of including Adult Therapies, Chronic Care and
Community Matrons in next months report.
Patient level data is still to be received from St Helens and Knowsley FTs Pathology Department to enable Performance to validate the
Phlebotomy activity.
203 of 255
Performance Management
1. Performance Activity Southport & Formby – Summary
141
204 of 255
Performance Management
1. Performance Activity Southport & Formby – Referrals Summary
142
Unvalidated Figures
Validated Figures
Service CCG May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 Total
Adult Therapies - MS NHS Southport and Formby CCG 1 1 1 2 1 0 0 6
Adult Therapies - Neurology NHS Southport and Formby CCG 51 40 39 48 62 45 48 333
Adult Therapies - Non Neuro NHS Southport and Formby CCG 154 162 140 163 169 148 142 1078
Adult Therapies - SALT NHS Southport and Formby CCG 3 5 3 9 7 9 11 47
Adult Therapies - Vestibular NHS Southport and Formby CCG 11 10 6 12 4 12 13 68
CERT NHS Southport and Formby CCG 103 119 85 105 98 137 139 786
Chronic Care Coordinators NHS Southport and Formby CCG 155 117 141 134 127 119 122 915
Community Matrons NHS Southport and Formby CCG 35 47 49 35 40 52 48 306
Continence NHS South Sefton CCG 62 84 77 92 98 118 86 617
NHS Southport and Formby CCG 68 93 90 150 104 99 110 714
Diabetes NHS Southport and Formby CCG 81 97 97 73 90 97 113 648
Dietetics NHS Southport and Formby CCG 251 215 208 208 194 207 216 1499
District Nurses NHS Southport and Formby CCG 543 683 632 669 770 775 691 4763
District Nurses OOH NHS Southport and Formby CCG 183 170 207 182 195 231 211 1379
Falls Service NHS Southport and Formby CCG 81 88 60 72 65 60 61 487
Leg Ulcer NHS Southport and Formby CCG 6 13 3 6 10 8 2 48
Pain Management NHS Southport and Formby CCG 29 71 46 33 70 23 67 339
Phlebotomy NHS Southport and Formby CCG 1738 2216 2234 2261 2091 2315 2301 15156
Podiatry NHS Southport and Formby CCG 368 391 316 366 291 353 315 2400
Psychology NHS Southport and Formby CCG 18 14 20 26 20 21 26 145
Stoma NHS Southport and Formby CCG 19 24 70 28 13 25 25 204
Treatment Rooms NHS Southport and Formby CCG 843 1036 1020 1006 937 1100 973 6915
Grand Total 4804 5700 5549 5682 5459 5955 5721 38870
205 of 255
Performance Management
1. Performance Activity Southport & Formby – Contacts Summary
143
Unvalidated Figures
Validated Figures
Service CCG May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 Total
Adult Therapies - MS NHS Southport and Formby CCG 6 5 4 5 8 6 5 39
Adult Therapies - Neurology NHS Southport and Formby CCG 309 248 280 293 324 301 350 2105
Adult Therapies - Non Neuro NHS Southport and Formby CCG 384 424 397 421 480 573 622 3301
Adult Therapies - SALT NHS Southport and Formby CCG 13 9 7 12 24 22 27 114
Adult Therapies - Vestibular NHS Southport and Formby CCG 29 40 39 40 33 50 43 274
CERT NHS Southport and Formby CCG 2146 2528 2567 2495 2393 3154 2914 18197
Chronic Care Coordinators NHS Southport and Formby CCG 478 445 409 320 389 356 376 2773
Community Matrons NHS Southport and Formby CCG 256 387 370 361 279 405 367 2425
NHS South Sefton CCG 87 92 120 240 235 173 164 1111
NHS Southport and Formby CCG 66 156 254 296 224 206 206 1408
Diabetes NHS Southport and Formby CCG 452 447 378 484 469 481 513 3224
Dietetics NHS Southport and Formby CCG 405 442 440 452 455 438 330 2962
District Nurses NHS Southport and Formby CCG 6272 8227 7702 8139 7695 8351 7529 53915
District Nurses OOH NHS Southport and Formby CCG 553 481 603 494 546 683 796 4156
Falls Service NHS Southport and Formby CCG 109 91 95 172 160 152 215 994
Leg Ulcer NHS Southport and Formby CCG 51 84 97 80 94 101 93 600
Pain Management NHS Southport and Formby CCG 245 289 279 206 353 318 323 2013
Phlebotomy NHS Southport and Formby CCG 1337 2215 2063 2128 2004 2128 1929 13804
Podiatry NHS Southport and Formby CCG 1891 2208 2126 2270 2008 2279 2258 15040
Psychology NHS Southport and Formby CCG 250 290 292 376 262 332 302 2104
Stoma NHS Southport and Formby CCG 95 99 118 107 69 87 95 670
Treatment Rooms NHS Southport and Formby CCG 2090 2618 2454 2569 2119 2371 2424 16645
Grand Total 17524 21825 21094 21960 20623 22967 21881 147874
Continence
206 of 255
Performance Management
1. Performance Activity Southport & Formby – Continence
144
Southport & Formby - Continence:
Improvements in data recording and waiting list management continue to improve the waiting list profile for the Continence Service. The
latest snapshot from 11th December 17 shows a slight increase (4 patients) in the overall number of patients waiting. The team continue to
reduced patients waiting 19-24 and the profile of the waiting list is front loaded, decreasing in numbers moving through the longer wait
bands.
Due to staff sickness within the EMIS team, the Continence service scheduled audit for November 17 has been rescheduled until January
18.
207 of 255
Performance Management
1. Performance Activity Southport & Formby – Treatment Rooms
145
Southport & Formby – Treatment Rooms:
Performance has reviewed the service and after identifying a training need, the EMIS Trainer re-training all of the clinical staff to record
contacts accurately.
Due to staff sickness within the EMIS team, the Treatment room service scheduled audit for November 17 has been rescheduled until
January 18.
208 of 255
Performance Management
2.1 Finance Activity Southport & Formby
Detail for Southport and Formby can be found in the Trust's main QPR Finance and Contracting Section.
209 of 255
Performance Management
147
2.2 Contract Activity Queens Court – Palliative Care subcontract
CNS MAY JUNE Q1 JULY AUG SEP Q2 OCT NOV Q3 Total
Number of referrals received 88 84 172 83 93 76 252 69 81 69 317
% appropriate referrals (SEEN BY SERVICE)80% 79% 79% 78% 78% 74% 77% 91% 84% 91% 82%
Primary health care team (GP) 20 15 35 16 19 22 57 23 20 23 115
Specialist nurse / team (internal) 9 13 22 9 4 10 23 7 8 7 52
Other hospital staff (internal) 47 46 93 36 50 30 116 31 39 31 240
Internal Referral (QCH & SPCS) 11 10 21 21 20 14 55 8 13 8 84
Other(other) 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 2
Not recorded 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Pain/Symptom Control 83 76 159 81 86 66 233 68 74 68 460
Psychological Support 44 48 92 39 60 40 139 13 37 13 244
Social/Financial 0 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 2
Family Support 0 1 1 1 0 1 2 0 0 0 3
Other 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
Number of patients 'active' 364 363 727 383 390 390 1163 390 320 390 2280
82 41 123 37 43 46 126 45 70 45 294
19 18 37 18 20 20 58 6 11 6 101
Inappropriate 1 0 1 1 1 2 4 1 3 1 6
Died within 24hrs of referral 2 2 4 2 4 1 7 1 2 1 12
Declined 0 1 1 1 1 1 3 0 0 0 4
Unable to contact (includes admissions)1 0 1 0 0 4 4 0 2 0 5
Contact made, appointment arranged12 11 23 11 10 8 29 3 4 3 55
Other 3 3 6 5 3 4 12 1 0 1 19
Unknown 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 2
Number 70 66 136 65 73 56 194 63 68 63 393
New and re-referred as % of
all patients seen in month41% 39% 40% 36% 39% 33% 58% 35% 55% 35% 44%
Cancer 42 44 86 42 49 34 125 32 43 32 243
Non-malignant 28 22 50 23 24 22 69 31 25 31 150
Not recorded 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
% Primary Diagnosis of Cancer 60% 67% 63% 65% 67% 61% 64% 51% 63% 51% 59%
Total (New Non F2F) 82 84 166 83 93 76 252 69 81 69 487
Within 48 hours 69 69 138 67 74 54 195 50 68 50 383
% target achieved 84% 82% 83% 81% 80% 71% 77% 72% 84% 72% 78%
Referrals not seen (non F:F)
Number of referrals ended (of those seen)
Reason for Referral (maybe more
then 1 per patient)
Referral source
Diagnosis (of those seen)
New and re-referred patients (seen)
Initial Telephone contact
Time from referral to patient contact.
No more than 48hours (75% target)
210 of 255
Performance Management
148
2.2 Contract Activity Queens Court – Palliative Care subcontract
CNS MAY JUNE Q1 JULY AUG SEP Q2 OCT NOV Q3 Total
New assessment with patient (New F2F)54 64 118 59 70 49 178 66 66 66 362
OPD 0 20 44 22 34 21 77 30 32 30 151
Current place of residence 54 44 74 37 39 28 104 36 34 36 214
Review FU with patient (face-to-face)251 266 578 263 220 252 735 303 186 303 1616
OPD 0 78 139 53 63 49 165 44 56 44 348
Current place of residence 312 188 439 210 157 203 570 259 130 259 1268
Review FU with patient (telephone) 270 270 540 301 203 187 691 305 242 305 1536
Advice & Support relative/carer F:F 185 171 356 166 175 190 531 212 126 212 1099
Advice/support to a Professional F:F168 173 341 162 179 145 486 175 125 175 1002
Advice & Support relative/carer Tel 222 232 454 217 240 231 688 281 158 281 1423
Advice/support to a Professional Tel 147 184 331 158 207 152 517 166 115 166 1014
Bereavement visit with relative / carer 0 0 0 1 0 1 2 2 1 2 4
Bereavement Telephone with relative / carer11 16 27 17 24 12 53 16 26 16 96
Bereavement Letter to relative / carer14 17 31 18 15 9 42 16 55 16 89
DNA (Total DNA) NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR
0 31 23 54 33 37 22 92 22 29 22 168
1 15 14 29 10 7 9 26 16 7 16 71
2 5 3 8 0 5 2 7 4 4 4 19
3 1 5 6 7 4 5 16 1 2 1 23
4 4 6 10 4 5 6 15 3 6 3 28
5 1 3 4 2 3 1 6 4 5 4 14
6 2 1 3 0 6 0 6 4 4 4 13
7 1 4 5 3 1 4 8 0 1 0 13
8-14 6 6 12 5 2 6 13 7 8 7 32
15-21 3 0 3 0 3 1 4 1 2 1 8
22-28 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2
29-41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
> 42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total 69 65 134 65 73 56 194 63 68 63 391
Primary healthcare team 24 15 39 22 18 13 53 9 38 9 101
Internal referral 1 3 4 2 2 0 4 3 2 3 11
Died 57 21 78 12 19 31 62 33 30 33 173
Other 0 2 2 1 4 2 7 0 0 0 9
Not recorded 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Discharged to (of those seen)
Time from Referral to Assessment
in days (seen)
Contacts
(related to caseload)
211 of 255
Performance Management
149
2.2 Contract Activity Queens Court – Palliative Care subcontract
CNS MAY JUNE Q1 JULY AUG SEP Q2 OCT NOV Q3 Total
Average time 119 21 32 19 34 45 33 35 53 35 33
Shortest time 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Longest time 1898 154 1898 279 315 572 572 939 358 939 1136
63% 33% 55% 25% 42% 55% 45% 42% 57% 42% 48%
Home 16 3 19 2 5 6 13 8 9 8 40
Hospital 21 14 35 9 11 14 34 19 13 19 88
Hospice 13 0 13 0 1 1 2 4 2 4 19
Care home 7 4 11 1 2 10 13 2 6 2 26
Prison 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Unknown 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PPC achieved 29 9 38 5 7 13 25 19 16 19 82
PPC not achieved 14 3 17 0 3 7 10 2 0 2 29
PPC unknown 14 9 23 7 9 11 27 12 6 12 62
Not recorded 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0
0 - 5 57 54 111 56 61 45 162 50 53 50 323
6 - 14 9 11 20 8 9 10 27 11 13 11 58
15 - 21 3 0 3 0 3 1 4 1 2 1 8
22 - 28 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2
29 - 42 0 0 0 2 0 0 2 2 0 2 4
> 42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
% Non Hospital Deaths (of those seen)
Time on caseload (of those seen)
Time to receiving care
for referrals in this month
(active data)
Deaths (of those seen)
Place of death (of those seen)
212 of 255
Performance Management
150
2.2 Contract Activity Queens Court – Palliative Care subcontract
Activity perfomance indicator Report frequency May June Q1 July Aug Sept Q2 Oct Nov Q3 Annual total
SERVICE USER EXPERIENCE
1. Complaints received Monthly 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2. Compliments Monthly 6 9 15 3 4 1 8 3 4 3 26
3. Incidents reported (about the service) Monthly 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4. Incidents reported (by the service) Monthly 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 1 0 1 4
5. Iwantgreatcare (number of returns) Annually 0 0
STAFF TURNOVER /ATTENDANCE
1. Left employment Quarterly 1 0 0 1
2. Recruited Quarterly 0 0 0 0
3. Sickness % per establishment Quarterly 10.60% 1.59% TBC 0.00%
STAFF TRAINING / DEVELOPMENT
1. Annual apprisals completed 100% Annually 0
2. Mandatory training completed 100% Annually 0
3. Clinical supervision (hours) 100% Monthly 0 0 0 1.5 0 1.5 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 4.5
GSF Attendance Monthly 6 6 12 8 7 11 26 11 12 11 49
213 of 255
Performance Management
3. Quality Southport & Formby
151
KLOE Domain Indicator Target Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov12 months
total
12 months
averageSparkline Risk
Incidents n/a 20 50 58 56 53 44 82 363 52
STEIS-reportable serious
incidentsn/a 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 2 0
RIDDOR incidents n/a 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0
Fall incidents n/a 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 3 0
Pressure ulcer incidents n/a 4 20 20 18 15 11 32 120 17
Potentially avoidable grade 3
and 4 pressure ulcersn/a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Safeguarding alerts n/a 1 3 4 3 1 7 10 29 4
Staff safetyViolence or aggression to staff
from patients n/a 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 3 0
Pressure ulcers (%) - 1.06% 5.15% 1.09% 1.59% 4.23% 1.95% 3.33% - 2.63%
Falls with harm (%) - 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% - 0.00%
Catheter and UTI (%) - 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% - 0.00%
VTE (%) - 0.53% 1.47% 1.46% 1.27% 0.94% 0.98% 0.74% - 1.06%
Physical Health HFC Rate (%) 95% 99% 94% 98% 97% 96% 97% 96% - 96.76%
F&F Test 95% 99.2% 100.0% 100% - 99.73%
F&F Test - Response Rate n/a 126 113 3 242 81
Compliments Compliments n/a 0 5 16 45 54 25 51 56 252 32
Complaints n/a 0 1 2 12 11 1 7 7 41 5
Upheld/partially upheld
complaintsn/a 0 0 0 6 6 3 2 17 2
Completed within agreed
timeframe (%)n/a
Reopened complaints n/a
Overdue 3 day reviews 0 2 4 6 3
Overdue 7 day reviews 0 12 13 25 13
Overdue incident actions 0 0 0 0 0
Duty of candour breaches 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Assurance Concerns raised n/a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Learning and
candour
Patient safety
Incidents
FOCUSED QUALITY AND SAFETY SURVEILLANCE - Southport & Formby Services
Safe
Effective
Caring
Responsive
Well Led
Physical Health
Harm Free Care
Friends & Family -
Patients
Complaints
214 of 255
Performance Management
152
Actual Workforce Costs Compared to Budget - Quarterly Trend
Peripheral Workforce Spend and Usage
4. Workforce Actual Workforce Costs Compared to Budget
Spend £ % Spend £ % Spend £ %
Southport & Formby 649,757 5,163 0.7% 34,521 5.0% 0 0.0% 39,684 689,441 5.76%
Flexible
Labour
Reliance
%Business Area
Core
Workforce
Spend £
Bank Agency Medical Agency
Total Spend
£
2017 11
Total
Peripheral
Workforce
Spend £
215 of 255
Performance Management
4. Workforce Sickness Absence Rates
153
Trust 12 Month, Year on Year Trend
Sickness Absence Breakdown
Rate Rate Rate Trend
2017 09 2017 10 2017 11
% Long
Term
Absence
% Short
Term
Absence
12mths
Southport & Formby 5.08% 6.70% 5.07% 45.25% 54.75%
2017 11
216 of 255
Performance Management
4. Workforce Appraisals and Mandatory Training Compliance
154
E&D
3yr
Fire
Saf
ety
1yr
Hea
lth
& S
afet
y 3
yr
Info
rmat
ion
Go
vern
ance
1yr
Infe
ctio
n C
on
tro
l Clin
ical
1yr
Bas
ic L
ife
Sup
po
rt 1
yr
Imm
edia
te L
ife
Sup
po
rt 1
yr
Co
nfl
ict
Res
olu
tio
n 3
yr
Safe
guar
din
g C
hild
ren
L2
3yr
Safe
guar
din
g C
hild
ren
L3
3yr
Men
tal C
apac
ity
Act
L1
3yr
Man
ual
Han
dlin
g L2
3yr
Man
ual
Han
dlin
g L3
2yr
Infe
ctio
n C
on
tro
l L1
2yr
Safe
guar
din
g C
hild
ren
L1
3yr
Safe
guar
din
g A
du
lts
L1
(+P
REV
ENT)
3yr
Men
tal C
apac
ity
Act
L1
(On
e Ti
me
Co
mp
leti
on
)
Man
ual
Han
dlin
g L1
3yr
Ap
pra
isal
Co
mp
lian
ce
S&F 98% 96% 85% 95% 93% 84% x 76% 89% x 92% 95% 50% 93% 98% 97% 95% 94% 91% 78%
All Staff Medical, Clinical & Clinical Support Staff Admin, Clerical & Estates
Total
Budgeted
Establ ishment (BE)
(FTE)
Actual
Establ ishment (FTE)
Budgeted
Establ ishment
Vacancies
(FTE)
BE Vacancy
Rate
Active Vacancy
Rate
Active Vacancy
FTENo. Pos i tions
Avg. No Days
to Recruit
Southport & Formby 224.22 207.42 16.80 7.49% 69.05% 11.60 13.00 N/A
2017 11
Establ ishment Vacancies Vacancies in Active Recruitment
Vacancy Management and Active Recruitment
Core Workforce
Network Headcount FTE Headcount FTE
Southport & Formby 260 204.75 261 207.42
2017 10 2017 11
Core Workforce Headcount
217 of 255
Performance Management
155
4. Workforce Workforce Turnover
218 of 255
Summary
Actual Plan Var Forecast Plan VarSustainability
EBITDA 6,820 9,696 -2,876 15,860 17,745 -1,885 Operational Deficit -2,255 610 -2,865 2,194 2,167 27Deficit after Impairment* -3,358 -1,274 -2,084 -1,359 -1,390 31
CIPs (against Trust Plan) 7,386 8,440 -1,054 15,100 15,100 0Cash and Liquidity 11,441 11,829 -388 24,601 10,989 13,612Capex 1,834 5,989 -4,155 13,661 9,591 4,070UOR
Capital Service 4 2 3 2Liquidity 1 2 1 2I&E Margin 4 2 2 2I&E Variance 3 1 2 1Agency 2 1 2 1Overall 3 2 2 2
Sustainability
CIPs
Liquidity
Summary continued overleaf
The cash position remains strong but shows a minor adverse variance from plan of £0.4m. The capital position continues to offset the I&E position. High debtors are placing some pressure on working capital though this is considered transient. Forecast cash is currently expected to exceed plan, a combination of an improved opening position, capital funding, and anticipated disposals. - see Cash and Liquidity for more details.
Current Out-Turn
At month 7 with CIPs of c£7.4m against a plan of c£8.4m the Trust is £1.1m behind plan, a deterioration of £0.1m on month 6 (£1.0m behind plan). The adverse variance is mainly due to a lack of performance on Run Rate Reduction Programmes on staffing pressures. Compensating schemes have, and continue to be, developed and confirmation of transactions are expected in month 8. Networks continue to create and implement measures aimed at improving the position.
Month 7 sees a year to date operating deficit of -£2.3m, excluding planned Sustainability and Transformation funding of £0.9m, against a planned surplus to date of £0.6m. This shows an improvement on month 6 and represents a small budgetary surplus in month and nearly £0.2m when excluding STF monies. The position remains driven by staffing pressures in ward and prison areas and consequential impact on cost improvement programmes (rising agency costs will also impact Use of Resources targets). Additionally OAPs expenditure continues to exceed funding - see Out Of Area Activity for more details. The forecast assumes current pressures and risks are addressed or mitigated in line with the recovery plan (see forecasting) and financial performance achieves (or exceeds) plan but the unmitigated projection indicates a gap of c£4.8m, c£6.9m without STF monies. This is represents an improvement on month 6 forecasts (£6.2m), and is driven by excess OAPs of c£0.8m (all be that significantly below last month), prisons (see also Bank and Agency section) and additional mental health pressures. Delivery of the recovery plan and financial targets will required a significant and coordinated response with robust management and oversight. After taking in to account £1.7m of disposals, which are accounted for after EBITDA, EBITDA is broadly in line with I&E Margin. The new Use of Resources (UoR) metric is rated at 3, but will rise to a 2 should the Trust meet its financial plans and targets, see below.
Capital and Financing
Use of Resources (UoR) risk ratings
Forecasting
Recovery Plan
#
Whilst it would appear that the gap can be bridged through the plan, this is not without significant risk. Delivery will only be achieved with a considerable coordinated and sustained effort across the organisation. The plan will continue to be refined and presented in more detail to the Financial Recovery Group along with the actions required.
Progress against the capital programme has been slow to date with expenditure at £1.8m against the original profile of £6.0m. The scheduling profile of many schemes was dependent on a number of tendering exercises (the last of which, Perinatal, has now been completed), agreements with third parties (now substantially resolved) and final funding approval (Inpatient schemes approval now received from NHSI, awaiting final confirmation of funds and timing from DH). Schedules for these and related/dependant schemes are now being finalised through discussions with the incumbent contractors and the Trust is pushing forward with work on the affected projects. Discussions with contractors indicate the delays will cause slippage, mainly on the Inpatients (Chorley site - c5 weeks) though a risk of slippage on the Perinatal scheme remains and is being worked on. Impacts on the respective projects have yet to be finalised and incorporated in to forecasts.
Revised year end control totals are being provided to networks in line with the recovery plan and will require:• Progress and delivery of ward staffing actions• Implementation of the recovery plan.• Agreement of OAPs mitigations with commissioners.• Progress on land sales.
Though slightly improved the current I&E position continues to give a rating of 4 and a Capital Service rating of 4 constraining the current overall UoR to a 3. Assuming current pressures and risks are addressed through the recovery plan and I&E performance achieves (or exceeds) forecast the Trust will achieve a UoR of 2 in line with the plan. However, though forecast would achieve the overall target rating, Capital Service is based on EBITDA and since part of the Trusts recovery plan is based on disposals (which are excluded from EBITDA) the Trust is not forecast to achieve planned Capital Service. The Trust is also forecast to exceed its liquidity and slip against it's planned Agency target. Should conditions persist and costs not be managed within the control total then the resulting deterioration might trigger a review of our segmentation.
Forecast ForecastYTD YTD Out-turn Out-turn
Oct 2017 Sep 2017 at Oct 2017 at Sep 20177 6 Note 12 12 Note
Plan 0.610 0.321 Plan 2.167 2.167
Major Variances Major VariancesCIP Slippage -1.054 -0.982 - See CIP section CIP Slippage 0.000 0.000 - See CIP sectionOAPs -0.773 -0.773 - See OAPs section OAPs -1.792 -1.792 - See OAPs sectionStaffing -5.471 -5.000 - See also Bank and Agency section Staffing -8.139 -8.201 - See also Bank and Agency sectionOther Bud Vars 1.708 1.791 - See Services section Other Bud Vars 1.929 0.601 - See Services sectionReserves 3.210 3.040 - See Reserves section Reserves 7.231 8.899 - See Reserves sectionIncome -0.699 -0.688 - See Reserves section Income 0.584 0.514 - See belowMinor Variances 0.000 0.000 Minor Variances 0.000 0.000
Variance -3.079 -2.612 Variance -0.187 0.021
Actual -2.469 -2.291 Actual Forecast 1.980 2.188
----
Surplus - YTD (£m) Surplus - Out-turn (£m)
This month sees an operating deficit of £2.5m, £2.3m after adjusting for impairments, £2.9m behind plan. Of this £0.9m relates to STF funding leaving a net gap from plan of £1.9m.
YTD income variance relates mainly to STF funds which are assumed in forecast along with additional funds re NCAs and R&D
Staffing variance has increased in part due to phasings of development funding in mental health, but more materially due to ward pressures.The full year projection is a surplus of £2.0m, £2.2m after adjusting for impairments. The position models an upside of c£7.0m and includes profit on disposals of c£1.7m.
-10,000.0
-8,000.0
-6,000.0
-4,000.0
-2,000.0
0.0
2,000.0
4,000.0
Plan CIP Surplus OAPs Staffing Other BudVars
Reserves Addl Income MinorVariances
2,167.0 0.0 -1,792.0 -8,139.1 1,928.8 7,231.4 584.1 0.0
-8,000.0
-7,000.0
-6,000.0
-5,000.0
-4,000.0
-3,000.0
-2,000.0
-1,000.0
0.0
1,000.0
Plan CIP Shortfall OAPs Staffing Other BudVars
Reserves Addl Income MinorVariances
610.0 -1,054.2 -773.0 -5,471.3 1,708.2 3,209.9 -698.53 0.0
Forecast ForecastYTD YTD Out-turn Out-turn
Oct 2017 Sep 2017 at Oct 2017 at Sep 20177 6 Note 12 12 Note
Plan 193.922 166.144 Plan 332.908 332.908
Major Variances Major VariancesCommunity Services 1.073 0.659 - Note 1 Community Services 2.232 2.172 - Note 1Mental Health 2.956 2.380 - Note 2 Mental Health 2.704 2.598 - Note 2Specialist Services -0.355 -0.196 - Note 3 Specialist Services -1.160 -1.145 - Note 3Non NHS Healthcare Income-1.018 -0.835 - Note 4 Non NHS Healthcare Income-1.804 -1.758 - Note 4R&D 0.274 0.180 R&D 0.389 0.600ETR 0.204 0.167 - Student Income ETR 0.356 0.297 - Student IncomeMiscellaneous -0.047 0.209 - Note 5 Miscellaneous 2.260 1.529 - Note 5STF -0.939 -0.730 STF 0.000 0.000
Minor Variances 0.000 -0.039 Minor Variances 0.000 0.015
Variance 2.148 1.794 Variance 4.978 4.308
Actual 196.070 167.938 Actual Forecast 337.886 337.216
12
345 Major increases in the latter part of the year generated by AHSN.
Monthly Income Variances (£m) Cumulative Income Variances (£m)
Major decrease due to Southport commencing in May and not April offset by minor gains in other services including Rheumatology and District Nursing.Major increases revolve around the phasing of the Out of Area Placements expenditure, in addition to Liaison & Diversion and Eating Disorders. Major decreases in Rehabilitation Services and Hospital Liaison.Income is in line with plan at this stage. Year end variances are driven by the anticipated cessation of the HIV contract.Major decrease in respect of lower than planned activity in Sexual Health services and forecasts for Sexual Health and Offender Health later in the year.
0.000
5.000
10.000
15.000
20.000
25.000
30.000
35.000
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar
Actual/Forecast
Plan
0.000
50.000
100.000
150.000
200.000
250.000
300.000
350.000
400.000
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar
Actual/Forecast
Plan
Forecast ForecastYTD YTD Out-turn Out-turn
Oct 2017 Sep 2017 at Oct 2017 at Sep 20177 6 Note 12 12 Note
Budget 164.955 141.407 Budget 281.644 281.506
Major Variances Major VariancesMental Health -6.479 -5.654 - Note 1 Mental Health -9.257 -9.961 - Note 1Community & Wellbeing -0.216 -0.274 - Note 2 Community & Wellbeing -0.401 -0.489 - Note 2Children & Young People 0.844 0.705 - Note 3 Children & Young People 0.824 0.866 - Note 3Pharmacy 0.188 0.169 - Note 4 Pharmacy 0.260 0.265 - Note 4Property Services 0.000 0.000 - Note 5 Property Services 0.000 0.000 - Note 5Corporate 0.073 0.089 - Note 6 Corporate 0.571 -0.073 - Note 6
Variance -5.590 -4.965 -8.002 -9.392
Actual 170.545 146.372 Actual Forecast 289.646 290.898
1
23
456 Corporate services are slightly ahead of plan year to date, with overspends in IM&T currently met by underspends in Medical and Human Resources.
Mental Health in year overspend is driven more acutely by excess staffing costs, primarily on wards, (£3.9m). Actions to review the patients in inpatients setting, their appropriateness for the ward and levels of staffing associated with acuity are advanced and should furnish us with the appropriate information to discuss necessary action to recover the position, though risk remains until this is enacted. There is also significant CIP slippage, as all CIPS have been withdrawn but some schemes are still in development (c£1.9m). The Network's position is diminished further by ward overspends in Secure Services wards (c£1.2m). OAPs are now manifesting as overspends (£0.8m for the year)
Community's position is impacted by undelivered CIPs to date (£0.35m). Underspends on community teams and non-pay continue to alleviate the current position.Children and Young People have similarly been impacted by a shortfall on CIP delivery(£0.25m) and Sexual Health activity shortfall (£0.2m) but is currently being compensated for by vacancies and non-pay underspends.
YTD Service Net Expenditure Variance (£m) Forecast Service Net Expenditure Variance (£m)
Pharmacy is performing broadly in line with plan, with some underspends on staffing.Property Services are performing in line with plan and are expected to remain so.
-£7,000
-£6,000
-£5,000
-£4,000
-£3,000
-£2,000
-£1,000
£0
£1,000
£2,000Mental Health
Community &Wellbeing
Children &Young People Pharmacy
PropertyServices Corporate Total
Service Forecast Variance
-£10,000
-£8,000
-£6,000
-£4,000
-£2,000
£0
£2,000Mental Health
Community &Wellbeing
Children &Young People Pharmacy
PropertyServices Corporate Total
Service Year to Date Variance
CIP Achievement (£)Notes
Year to Date PerformanceAt month 7 with CIPs of £7.4m against a plan of £8.4m the Trust is c£1.1m behind plan, a deterioration of £0.1m on month 6 (£1.0m behind plan). The adverse variance is mainly due to the continued lack of performance on Run Rate Reduction Programmes on staffing pressures. Compensating schemes have, and continue to be, developed and network management team are being supported by to implement measures aimed at improving the position.
Schemes to be Transacted£0.9m of schemes are yet to be transacted at month 7 leading to year to date slippage of c£0.5m. There is a good degree of confidence in the delivery of these schemes.
Schemes In Process£1.5m of additional schemes identified are not yet sufficiently detailed to transact and after allowing for slippage factored into plan this results in slippage of c£0.6m. There is some confidence in the delivery of these schemes.
Schemes to be IdentifiedIncluding pipeline schemes plan totals exceed target and though not without risk forecast continues to be broadly in line with plan requirements.
ForecastThe programme is currently expected to achieve the Annual Plan however risk of slippage, particularly on mental health and community schemes, remains.
Plan Actual Variance Plan Forecast Variance
£'m £'m £'m £'m £'m £'m
Cost Improvement Programmes 6.11 6.69 0.58 11.10 13.10 2.00
Run Rate Reduction Programmes 2.33 0.70 -1.63 4.00 2.00 -2.00
Total 8.44 7.39 -1.05 15.10 15.10 0.00
Plan Actual Variance Plan Forecast Variance
£'m £'m £'m £'m £'m £'m
Monitored Schemes 7.31 7.39 0.07 12.74 12.73 -0.01
Schemes to be transacted 0.52 -0.52 0.89 0.89 0.00
Schemes in Process 0.61 -0.61 2.12 1.51 -0.61
Slippage/Schemes to be identified 0.00 -0.65 -0.03 0.62
Total 8.44 7.39 -1.05 15.10 15.10 0.00
Year to Date Annual
Year to Date Annual
Month Month Month MonthOct 2017 Sep 2017 Oct 2017 Sep 2017
7 6 Note 7 6 Note
Agency Spend 774 863 Note 1 Bank Spend 1,388 1,813
Network Analysis Network AnalysisMental Health 564 554 - Note 2 Mental Health 1086 1484 - Note 2Children & Young Peoples 11 64 - Note 3 Children & Young Peoples 81 80 - Note 3Community & Wellbeing 282 215 - Note 4 Community & Wellbeing 160 197 - Note 4Corporate Services -83 30 - Note 5 Corporate Services 60 52 - Note 5
Actual 774 863 Actual 1,388 1,813
1
2
34
5
The Trust has been given a ceiling by NHS Improvement for agency spend. This target is£7.695m for the year. At the end of period 7, the Trust is -£758k, or 17% above it'strajectory. The new Use of Resources rating measures agency against target and containstrigger points. Key trigger points are a requirement for 50% and 25% or better for ratings of3 and 2 respectively. An individual rating of at least 3 is required to obtain an overall ratingof 2 (see also Use of Resources section).
Corporate Services is net of the charge levied for agency staff. Agency spend is negligible with the exceptions of Health Informatics.
Agency Costs Over Time (£'000) Bank Costs Over Time (£'000)
A high level of vacancies is supported by bank and agency, though increased levels of recruitment mean overall staffing costs remain high. Agency costs have decreased from last month as well as bank costs.Mental Health Networks bank and agency costs are primarily due to the level of acuity on inpatient wards being beyond the level established although the in month decrease in bank is almost entirely attributable to staffing on Adult and Secure wards.Children and Young Peoples temporary staffing remains relatively minor and consistent.Community and Wellbeing sees an increase in both Agency but a fall in Bank, with the major agency change being the with regard to Learning Diability, and bank recovering in Integrated Teams and Southport.
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar
2015/16 935 1108 932 1180 1119 1176 1139 1183 1170 1072 1289 1209
2016/17 1536 1521 1728 1390 1238 1570 1154 1219 1401 1289 1321 1613
2017/18 1312 1268 1625 1365 1481 1813
0200400600800
100012001400160018002000
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar
2015/16 1030 988 1262 1242 909 1202 1149 939 1073 1077 978 1174
2016/17 1098 862 1250 1184 986 1133 781 827 825 738 661 1006
2017/18 647 691 711 704 825 863
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
Agency Ceiling Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Total Projection
Actual 647 691 711 704 825 863 774 5,216 8,353Plan 639 639 639 636 636 636 633 4,458 7,695Variance -8 -52 -72 -68 -189 -227 -141 -758 -658% of Plan -17% -9%
Month Month YTD ForecastOct 2017 Sep 2017 Oct 2017 Out-turn
7 6 Note 7 12 Note
Plan 0.2 -3.6 Plan 11.8 11.0
Major Variances Major VariancesI&E -0.3 -0.6 - Note 2 I&E -3.1 -2.1 - Note 2Capital & financing 0.6 0.8 - Note 2 Capital & financing 4.4 11.8 - Note 2Contract Vars and Adjs 0.2 -1.1 Note 3 Contract Vars and Adjs -2.7 Note 3Debtors -1.7 1.2 - Note 4 Debtors -3.7 -0.3 - Note 4Timing of settlements to suppliers -0.3 2.9 - Note 4
Timing of settlements to suppliers 0.0 0.5 - Note 4
Provisions and deferred income 0.6 0.0 - Note 5
Provisions and deferred income 1.4 0.4 - Note 5
Opening cash 0.0 0.0 Opening adjustment 2.7 2.7
Minor Variances 0.2 0.3 Minor Variances 0.5 0.6
Variance -0.7 3.4 Variance -0.4 13.6
Actual -0.5 -0.2 Note 1 Forecast Actual/Forecast 11.4 24.6 - Note 1
1
2
34
56 Provisions and Deferred Income are currently generating gains of c£1.9m over plan. Crystallisation of income and redundancy settlements are expected to reduce gains and this is
factored into forecasts.
Monthly Cash and Liquidity Variance (£m) Forecast Cash and Liquidity (£m)
Timing of settlements to suppliers are broadly in line with plan.
Reductions in capital expenditure are supporting cash more than compensating for the impact of the deficit. Forecasts assume planned revenue and capital forecasts are achieved, that PDC for the inpatients Programme is in line with expectations, and that the disposal of Westfields, Ridge Lea and Ribbleton take place in 2017/18.
Late payments by CCGs (£1.0m) and local authorities (£2.1m) coupled with outstanding CQUIN (£0.5m) have lead to a large adverse position on debtors. Late payments were largely settled in early November and the issues are being addressed accordingly (as problems over payment timing rather than disputes). CQUIN payments are a national issue and payment is expected by March.
Forecast cash is ahead of plan by c13.6m partly due to the change in opening position c2.7m, but mainly due to assumptions around disposals (net improvement c£5.75m - Westfields, Ribbleton and Ridge Lea) and the assumed external cash funding of a substantial part of the Inpatient Scheme (net improvement £4.6m). The forecast assumes that proposed management action to bring financial performance back in to line is achieved (including profit on disposals), that capital receipts are in line with expectations, and that the Trust maintains eligibility for Sustainability Funding (achieves the control total).
Cash shows an adverse variance from plan of £0.4m. The capital position continues to offset the I&E position and pressures on working capital have been reduced - see below.
Contract variations and phasing adjustments negatively impact on cash and are not included in plans.
-10.000
-5.000
0.000
5.000
10.000
15.000
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar
Opening cash balance
Financing and Other
Capital and Investment Activities
Changes to WC
Non Cash Flows
Cash flows from operating activities
0.000
5.000
10.000
15.000
20.000
25.000
30.000
Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar
Forecast
Plan
YTD Plan YTD Act Annual ForecastOct 2017 Oct 2017 Variance Plan Out-turn Variance
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
IT Schemes 1.015 0.664 -0.351 1.900 1.900 0.000 - Note 1
Estate and infrastructure SchemesLarge Schemes
MH Inpatient Schemes 3.194 0.401 -2.793 4.580 5.700 1.120 - Note 2
Perinatal 0.000 0.113 0.113 0.000 2.470 2.470 - Note 3
Places of Safety 0.000 0.100 0.100 0.000 0.490 0.490 - Note 4
High Priority Schemes 0.697 0.147 -0.550 1.263 1.260 -0.003 - Note 5
Maintenance and Replacement 0.543 0.310 -0.233 0.930 0.930 0.000Other (inc. contingency) 0.541 0.099 -0.442 0.918 0.911 -0.007
Total 5.989 1.834 -4.155 9.591 13.661 4.070
12
3
4
5
6 The underspend largely relates to contingency and reserves. Some delays as a result of dependencies/focus on large schemes and fire safety have resulted in slippage rather than the expected pressures on contingency. Transfers between revenue and capital transacted are as required.
Note 6-
£3.5m of external cash funding was allocated for the Perinatal project, £2.5m in 2017/18. Again issues with third parties have caused some delays and whilst it was hoped this can be managed, some slippage may be likely. The impact has yet to be finalised and incorporated in to forecast.
£0.5m of external cash funding was allocated for Places of Safety. Funding currently exceeds planned work and should spend not be required this year then funding will be retained by DoH.
Capital Expenditure
Progress against the capital programme has been slow to date with expenditure at £1.8m against the original profile of £6.0m. The scheduling profile of many schemes was dependent on a number of tendering exercises (the last of which, Perinatal, has now been completed), agreements with third parties (now substantially resolved) and final funding approval (Inpatient schemes approval now received from NHSI, awaiting final confirmation of funds and timing from DH). Schedules for these and related/dependant schemes are now being finalised through discussions with the incumbent contractors and the Trust is pushing forward with work on the affected projects. Discussions with contractors indicate the delays will cause slippage, mainly on the Inpatients (Chorley site - c5 weeks) though a risk of slippage on the Perinatal scheme remains and is being worked on. Impacts on the respective projects have yet to be finalised and incorporated in to forecasts.
IT programme is expected to be delivered on forecast.External cash funding was provisionally allocated to the Inpatient project through the STP and was approved by NHSI in October. DH have requested additional information, including additional governance requirements, and final approval remains to be confirmed. Work has commenced though delays in relation to the Chorley site, primarily caused by third parties, have meant that works have started later than originally intended and whilst it was hoped this could be managed, slippage of c5 weeks now appears likely. The impact has yet to be finalised and incorporated in to forecast.
Schemes are underway and despite some delays, partly as a result of inpatient development, schemes are expected to be completed in line with planned outturns.
Use Of Resource Metric
unitsPlan
YTD ending 31-Oct-2017
Actual YTD ending 31-
Oct-2017
Variance YTD ending 31-May-17
Plan YTD ending 31-
Mar-2018
Forecast YTD ending 31-
Mar-2018
Forecast Variance
Year ending31-Mar-18
Threshold 1 2 3 4
\ Capital Service Cover 2.5 1.75 1.25 <1.25Capital Service Cover Liquidity 0 -7 -14 <-14
I&E Margin 1.00% 0.00% -1.00% <=-1%
Capital service metric 0.0x 1.803 1.208 (0.594) 1.909 1.647 (0.262) Variance from plan 0.00% -1.00% -2.00% <=-2%
Capital service rating Rating 2 4 2 3 Agency 0.00% 25.00% 50.00% >=50%
Liquidity Metric Weighting
Capital Service Cover rating 20.00%
Liquidity metric £m (1.062) 3.807 4.869 (0.433) 13.631 14.064 Liquidity rating 20.00%
Liquidity rating Rating 2 1 2 1 I&E Margin rating 20.00%
Variance From Plan rating 20.00%I&E Margin Agency Spend 20.00%
I&E Margin metric % 0.31% (1.15%) (1.46%) 0.65% 0.65% (0.00%)
I&E Margin rating Rating 2 4 2 2
I&E Variance From Plan
I&E Variance from plan metric % (1.46%) (0.00%)
I&E Variance from plan rating Rating 3 2
Agency
Agency metric % (0.65%) 16.24% 16.88% (0.95%) 7.87% 8.82%
Agency rating Rating 1 2 1 2
Use Of Resources Rating
Overall rating unrounded Rating 2.80 2.00 If unrounded score ends in 0.5 Rating - -Rounded score Rating 3 2
Use Of Resources Rating before overrides Rating 3 2
4 Rating Trigger for Use Of Resources Rating Text Trigger No trigger
Use Of Resources Rating after 4 rating override Rating 3 2
Control total override - Control total accepted Text YES YES
Is the provider in Financial Special Measures? Text No No
Use Of Resources Rating after overrides Rating 3 2
Finance and use of resources is one theme of 5 in the Single Oversight Framework. Segmentation and therefore autonomy and support is dependent on performance across all themes.
Note that under the Single Oversight Framework a score of 1 is now the best rating and 4 the worst. A rating of 4 on any metric or an average rating of 3 triggers a concern and a potential support need.
Though slightly improved the current I&E position continues to give a rating of 4 and a Capital Service rating of 4 constraining the current overall UoR to a 3. Assuming current pressures and risks are addressed through the recovery plan and I&E performance achieves (or exceeds) forecast the Trust will achieve a UoR of 2 in line with the plan. However, though forecast would achieve the overall target rating, Capital Service is based on EBITDA and since part of the Trusts recovery plan is based on disposals (which are excluded from EBITDA) the Trust is not forecast to achieve planned Capital Service. The Trust is also forecast to exceed its liquidity and slip against it's planned Agency target. Should conditions persist and costs not be managed within the control total then the resulting deterioration might trigger a review of our segmentation.
• Capital Service is currently a 4 against a plan of 2, an increase in operating performance of c£0.2m would be required to increase the rating to 3.
• Liquidity is currently a 1 against a plan of 2, a deterioration in the liquidity metric of c£3.8m would be required to reduce the rating to 2.
• I&E Margin rating is currently 4 against a plan of 2, an increase in operating performance of c£0.3m would be required to increase the rating to 3 - Note that the adjusted deficit of -£2.3m is £2.9m behind the RCT (£1.9m exc STF)).
• I&E Variance from Plan is currently 3, an increase in operating performance of c£0.3m would be required to increase the rating to 2.
Reserves
Reserve Budget Actual £ Annual Projected £
To Date To Date Variance Budget Actual Variance Narrative
£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000
Capital Charges £8,966 £9,168 -£202 £15,546 £13,852 £1,694 Anticipated Profit on Disposals offset by var due to revaluation of estate
Pay Reserve £1,166 £566 £600 £1,529 £969 £559 Charge for Apprentice LevyPressures Reserve £293 £117 £176 £503 £201 £302 Funds to be applied to servicesCIP Reserve £1,028 -£47 £1,075 £1,834 -£80 £1,914 Gain on CIP to be applied to service pressuresEmerging Pressures -£315 £0 -£315 -£2,261 £0 -£2,261 Utilisation of Reserves to meet Emerging PressuresDevelopments £729 £280 £449 £934 £250 £684 Costs to be applied as incurredContracts £168 £0 £168 £227 £0 £227 Minor contract gains to be applied to servicesOrganisational Reset £1,017 £235 £782 £1,734 £573 £1,162 Funds to be returned to Networks, with some staffing chargesAgency & Direct Engagement -£350 -£343 -£7 -£600 -£612 £12 Premium for using non-contracted staffNon Clinical Development £4 £0 £4 £22 £0 £22 Premium for using non-contracted staffSavings to be Identified £0 -£2 £2 £0 -£2,420 £2,420 Additional savings required to deliver control total
Non Pay Inflation £638 £162 £477 £794 £216 £578 Funds to be applied for inflationary pressures
Total £13,346 £10,136 £3,210 £20,263 £12,949 £7,313
MATTERS
ID Meeting DatePaper Status
2017/01 Jul-17 VerbalPartial
2017/02 Jul-17 VerbalPartial
2017/03 Jul-17 VerbalPartial
2017/04 Jul-17 VerbalPartial
2017/05 Jul-17 Verbal
Excluded
2017/06 Jul-17 VerbalExcluded
2017/07 Jul-17 Verbal Excluded
2017/08 Jul-17 VerbalExcluded
The Trust is actively exploring the potential for land sales. Gains may crystallise in 17/18 dependent on timing and profits willcontribute toward the control total.
On-going Claims: The process of reclaiming VAT in relation to older developments continues. Communications with HRMC progressthough timing and amounts remain uncertain. Treatment is being discussed with external audit but initial indications are positive. Thevalue may be up to £2m, though less than half this amount is included in plans and forecasts. Our advisors are actively engaged inbringing this to a final resolution.
SubjectA number of disputes require resolution and may result in arbitration. These concern NHSE, West Lancs, and Pennine CCGs. These arebeing escalated through NHSI.
NHSI is currently clarifying the position around elements of the national contingency reserve, £0.5m of which is now outstanding.
The forecast trajectory with regard to Out of Area Placements (OAPs) is currently projected to £1.6m, with the assumption that the50% risk share applies.
Provision for charges incurred as a result of the organisational reset have been made, the process is largely complete, but somechallenges remain and these may have financial consequences.
STF monies have been included in forecasts on the assumption that the Trust will achieve its revenue control total. Should this not bethe case £2.1m of funding would be lost.The Trust is assessing the impact of recent court decisions around pay for sleepover in Learning Disabilities care placements.
OUT OF AREA ACTIVITY
NetworkActual/ Forecast Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar TotalAcute OAPs (places) 15 11 14 13 10 11 13 15 9 9 9 9 138PICU OAPs (places) 9 13 9 12 12 11 9 9 8 8 8 8 116Total Beds 24 24 23 25 22 22 22 24 17 17 17 17 254Acute OAPs (£'000) 244 185 228 218 168 179 218 244 151 151 137 151 2274PICU OAPs (£'000) 206 308 206 284 284 252 213 206 189 189 171 189 2697Total £'000 450 493 434 502 452 431 431 450 340 340 308 340 4971
1
23
4
567
The Trust has written to commissioners about the pressure caused by patients awaiting alternative placements.The Trust has opened negotiations with commissioners about the financial impact of patients inappropriately occupying our beds in excess of 180 days.
The Trust is mobilising Acute Therapy Services in Pennine and Chorley, Crisis Support Units in Preston and Blackpool, and a Crisis House in Coppull. These services have an impact on the bed trajectory and variations in timing will alter the OAPs usage accordingly.
There is a fund of c£3m for OAPs, financed 50:50 by the Trust and Lancashire CCGs. After this fund is exhausted, any additional OATs are accounted for on the basis of 50:50 split between the Trust and CCGs.
Current projection suggest there will be expenditure of £5.0m for OAPs in 2017/18., though slippage on developments takes the net impact to £4.8m as reported elsewhere.
Commissioners have asked for, and are receiving, monthly actual performance against the profile.
If the current trajectory persists this would present pressure in the order of £2.3m (net).
ForecastActuals